<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=PubGizmoSysop</id>
	<title>PubGizmo Help - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=PubGizmoSysop"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php/Special:Contributions/PubGizmoSysop"/>
	<updated>2026-07-18T07:43:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.46.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=186</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=186"/>
		<updated>2026-07-14T22:18:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in a folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
Files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or on PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will monitor storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Does the Title Have a Web Page? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page featuring that title which holds a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file from your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two locations), you can instead paste a &#039;&#039;&#039;link&#039;&#039;&#039; to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, plus you can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to access it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to insert your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add a cover image to the cover rectangle, but only one allows you to choose the file&#039;s storage location: the plus icon:[[File:TitleBox.png|thumb|Click the green plus|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
Click it and you will be presented with a menu:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FileLocationSelector.png|left|thumb|400x400px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=185</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=185"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:53:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Does the Title Have a Web Page? ====&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page with a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file on your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two locations), you can paste a link to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, and can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament (provided the cover is attractive!) to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to access it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to grab your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add a cover image to the cover rectangle, but only one allows you to choose the file&#039;s storage location: the plus icon:[[File:TitleBox.png|left|thumb|Click the green plus]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will be presented with a menu:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FileLocationSelector.png|left|thumb|400x400px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:FileLocationSelector.png&amp;diff=184</id>
		<title>File:FileLocationSelector.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:FileLocationSelector.png&amp;diff=184"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:50:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Selector for uploading or linking a file&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=183</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=183"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:44:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Every Book Has a Web Page ===&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page with a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file on your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two places), you can paste a link to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, and can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament (provided the cover is attractive!) to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to handle one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to grab your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
To choose where the file will be stored, click the green plus icon at the upper-right corner of the image block.[[File:TitleBox.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;imagemap&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:TitleBox.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rect 172 21 216 68 [[]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
desc bottom-left&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/imagemap&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=182</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=182"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:44:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Every Book Has a Web Page ===&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page with a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file on your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two places), you can paste a link to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, and can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament (provided the cover is attractive!) to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to handle one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to grab your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
To choose where the file will be stored, click the green plus icon at the upper-right corner of the image block.[[File:TitleBox.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png|alt=Selecting a file from the cover box on Titles|left|thumb|500x500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=181</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=181"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:40:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Every Book Has a Web Page ===&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page with a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file on your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two places), you can paste a link to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, and can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament (provided the cover is attractive!) to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to handle one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to grab your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
To choose where the file will be stored, click the green plus icon at the upper-right corner of the image block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;imagemap&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:TitleBox.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
rect 172 21 216 68 [[]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
desc bottom-left&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/imagemap&amp;gt;[[File:TitleBox.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png|alt=Selecting a file from the cover box on Titles|left|thumb|500x500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Common.js&amp;diff=180</id>
		<title>MediaWiki:Common.js</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=MediaWiki:Common.js&amp;diff=180"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:29:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Created page with &amp;quot;/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */  mw.loader.load(&amp;#039;//he.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mediawiki:Gadget-ime.js&amp;amp;action=raw&amp;amp;ctype=text/javascript&amp;#039;);&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
mw.loader.load(&#039;//he.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mediawiki:Gadget-ime.js&amp;amp;action=raw&amp;amp;ctype=text/javascript&#039;);&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=179</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=179"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:21:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may charge a premium if our space becomes strained and your press consumes a high volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Accessing Your Own Hosted Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators. Instead, you can save your PG disk space by &#039;&#039;referring&#039;&#039; to files you probably already store in a publicly-accessible place: your press&#039;s website!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Every Book Has a Web Page ===&lt;br /&gt;
For every book you publish, you likely host a page with a cover image. Instead of taking a copy of the file on your website and uploading it to PG (so it exists in two places), you can paste a link to that image. You&#039;ll see it in PG, and can download it as needed, for example if someone requests it be sent in an email message.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below is the process for placing and displaying a cover image in PubGizmo, either by uploading it (not recommended, uses space) or by referring to it with a web link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting a Cover into PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo includes spots on the Title record and in Titles list view to show the cover. While you can perform all functions without a cover image, the visual aspect of an image helps with faster title identification, and adds an attractive ornament (provided the cover is attractive!) to the Title record. And as mentioned above, this image now becomes accessible without having to dig through folders whenever you need to handle one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== From the Main Screen ===&lt;br /&gt;
This is the easiest spot to grab your image. You can also use the portal under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Images · Docs&#039;&#039;&#039; tab (and you will if you want to add more than a single cover), but start here, as the concepts are the same.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Choose your Storage Location ====&lt;br /&gt;
To choose where the file will be stored, click the green plus icon at the upper-right corner of the image block.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TitleBox.png|left|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png|alt=Selecting a file from the cover box on Titles|left|thumb|500x500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:TitleBox.png&amp;diff=178</id>
		<title>File:TitleBox.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:TitleBox.png&amp;diff=178"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T01:17:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Title box with green plus&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=177</id>
		<title>Managing Covers, Images, Documents, Files</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Managing_Covers,_Images,_Documents,_Files&amp;diff=177"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T00:57:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Created page with &amp;quot;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&amp;#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.  == Storage Space == As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At presen...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo allows you to store files associated with your Titles, Editions, and Contacts. Instead of storing a cover image you will inevitably need for marketing and other purposes in folder on someone&#039;s computer, you can store it directly with the relevant record, making it accessible to all the PG users at your press, wherever they are located.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Storage Space ==&lt;br /&gt;
As you know, files take up space, whether on your computer, a server in your office, or PubGizmo. At present, PG&#039;s storage is not limited, but as more presses come aboard and use the files feature, we will be monitoring storage space and may at some point charge a premium if your press exceeds a specific volume of storage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Luckily, you don&#039;t have to store everything in PubGizmo itself to make your files accessible to your team and to distributors, retailers, and aggregators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Selecting or Uploading a Cover Image ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png|alt=Selecting a file from the cover box on Titles|left|thumb|500x500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png&amp;diff=176</id>
		<title>File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:SelectAFileFromCoverBox.png&amp;diff=176"/>
		<updated>2026-06-23T00:55:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Select a file from the cover box&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Running_Royalties&amp;diff=175</id>
		<title>Running Royalties</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Running_Royalties&amp;diff=175"/>
		<updated>2026-06-09T22:14:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Create Payment Records */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== The Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once all your data is in PubGizmo, you can run royalties. &amp;quot;Run&amp;quot; is a multi-step process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Complete importing and entering all sales records for the royalty period.&lt;br /&gt;
# Ensure all relevant contracts are flagged active.&lt;br /&gt;
# Flag which statements to pay out; any not paid out will have their amounts carried forward.&lt;br /&gt;
# Compose (or edit) your stock messages, one for contract holders, and one for literary agents.&lt;br /&gt;
# Proof your statements, either in PubGizmo, or by generating a PDF.&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate email messages with the statement attached.&lt;br /&gt;
# Personalize those messages as you like, and send them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate payment records, to lock-in the amounts for the next period.&lt;br /&gt;
# Generate a spreadsheet that summarizes your royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accessing the Royalties Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
Many of the steps below are activated via a menu available at the upper-right in Royalties list view. &#039;&#039;The button to show this menu appears only if the previous royalty period is selected&#039;&#039;, that is, the period that last ended.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RoyaltiesMenuButton.png|thumb|During 2024, select 2023 to show the menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your press uses calendar royalty years, the menu is accessible during 2024 only if 2023 (the period that last ended) is selected. This prevents bulk actions from being triggered in the wrong year. Individual royalty statements can still be generated and/or sent at any time, for any year for which you have sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RoyaltiesMenuVisible.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Click the crown button to show the menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Complete Input of Sales Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
Ensure all sales during the royalty period have been input. This means [[Importing Sales Data|importing all your sales sheets]], as well as inputting manually sales not covered by import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039;&#039; Any sales input after the royalty run is complete will &#039;&#039;never be counted&#039;&#039;, even in the next period, since PubGizmo uses the date to isolate sales for that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ensure All Active Contract/Statements are Flagged to Calculate ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you flag active contracts, to determine if they get computed and included in your royalty run. Unlike flagging statements to pay out for this period (see below), the the status of the Calc Royalty flag persists through all royalty runs, i.e., contracts remain active or dormant/dead until you change them. You can set this flag in any of three locations:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# on the Contract itself, at the upper-right,&lt;br /&gt;
# on Royalty form view,&lt;br /&gt;
# in Royalty list view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039;&#039; you can get a list of statements by their compute flag by entering either &amp;quot;calc&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;nocalc&amp;quot; in the search box below the Royalties button on the Home screen, or at the top of the Royalties window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Flag Statements to Pay Out ===&lt;br /&gt;
Statements default to not being paid out. You&#039;ll notice that initially, all statements are carrying over the earned amount to the next period. You can flag these either manually or automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Flag Automatically ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo can auto-flag for payout any active contract where the amount owing to the author (for all contracts) exceeds a threshold, e.g., pay out only if the author is owed $25 or more, otherwise leave it unflagged, for the amount to carry over to the next royalty period (negative amounts always carry over).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To auto-flag:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Set your threshold in Admin (bottom of main Admin screen).&lt;br /&gt;
# Open the Royalties Menu.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Flag Eligible for Payout&#039;&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Flag Manually ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PayOutCheckbox.png|thumb|Carrying forward; check the box to &#039;&#039;&#039;Pay Out 2023&#039;&#039;&#039;]]You can flag records manually by clicking the checkbox on the statement record itself, or in list view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Hint:&#039;&#039;&#039; in Royalty list view, you can see the Statement Amount for all listed records by clicking the header. That will toggle on display of the amounts. This setting is off by default, because it requires PubGizmo to compute royalties for every statement in the list, which can be painfully slow. Click the header again to turn off this display.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Compose or Edit Stock Messages ===&lt;br /&gt;
For bulk-sending royalty statements, PubGizmo offers two stock messages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# contractee (author, etc.),&lt;br /&gt;
# literary agent of record for the contract, if relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Merge Tags ====&lt;br /&gt;
Message text is merged with recipient data at the time the message is sent. The subject and body text of these messages are set in &#039;&#039;&#039;Administration &amp;gt; Bulk Mail Templates&#039;&#039;&#039; tab. The templates include a number of merge tags, each enclosed in &amp;quot;&amp;lt;&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;, into which relevant data is substituted at the time the message is composed. These tags include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Year&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The royalty year, if your press uses the calendar year for statement period, otherwise the start and end dates of the royalty period.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Title&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The book&#039;s title, or titles, if the author has multiple active contracts, in a comma-delimited list (Title1, Title2, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;GreetingName&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The value in the Correspondence Name field on the recipients Contact record (defaults to the contact&#039;s first name, but can be edited). For Organization contractees, this will attempt to use the email address of the Org&#039;s rep, if defined on the Contract, otherwise it will use the Org name.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Artist&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; The contractee&#039;s first and last name. Note: in the Agent email, this will substitute with the phrase &amp;quot;(refer to attached PDF)&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;Address&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; Recipient&#039;s mailing address in one line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Contractees/Agents With Multiple Statements ====&lt;br /&gt;
Rather than sending out multiple individual statements to an author, PubGizmo &amp;quot;rolls up&amp;quot; statements, that is, gathers all relevant statements into a single PDF, and attaches them to one email message, under these circumstances:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* author/contractee has multiple active contracts&lt;br /&gt;
* literary agent is agent-of-record on multiple active contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proof the Statements ===&lt;br /&gt;
Important! You should examine every statement before it is sent. You can do this in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;On Screen:&#039;&#039;&#039; page through statements using the arrow buttons at the upper-left (slower)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Generate a PDF:&#039;&#039;&#039; create a single PDF with all the statements (faster)&lt;br /&gt;
To generate a PDF, select &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF Found Statements&#039;&#039;&#039; (will generate a PDF containing only those Royalty records in the found set), or &#039;&#039;&#039;PDF All Calc Statements&#039;&#039;&#039; (PDF containing all statements with the Calculate Royalty flag active). The PDF is saved to your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Send the Statements ===&lt;br /&gt;
When you select &#039;&#039;&#039;Bulk Email Statements&#039;&#039;&#039;, PubGizmo generates draft email messages (it does not send them) addressed to the contractee&#039;s primary email address (as configured on their Contact record), with the statement attached, and similarly generates draft email messages to literary agents. Your default email program must be Mac Mail if you are on macOS, or Outlook if you use Windows (let us know if you use something else).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can customize the email message as you like, and send each individually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Payment Records&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
This step &amp;quot;locks in&amp;quot; the amounts, such as the advance remaining and carry-forward values, which inform calculations for your next royalty run.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Important notes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# All of the steps above must be fully complete (all sales records imported, appropriate records set to calculate and pay-out, statements fully proofed) before you complete this stage. If you change anything for the current period, you will have to create the Payment records again.&lt;br /&gt;
# You must complete this step for each royalty period before running the subsequent one, because important values (e.g., Advance Remaining) are carried over via Payment records. Your next period will be inaccurate if the previous period&#039;s Payment records have not been generated.&lt;br /&gt;
# If you have created any Payment records previously and try to do so again, PubGizmo will warn you that records already exist, and they will be deleted and new ones generated. This is fine: the new Payment records will be created using the latest royalties data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CSV Export ===&lt;br /&gt;
Generate on your desktop a CSV (spreadsheet, can be opened in Excel), which summarizes the statements. You can provide this to your accountant.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=174</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=174"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T17:30:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These pages contain manuals for using [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo], software that helps publishers manage their presses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are constantly building pages to provide help; look for more to be added her soon!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com click] to email us help questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Started with PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Get Your Press Aboard PubGizmo]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Titles]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Editions]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Organizations]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Use PubGizmo]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Access Your Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Titles ==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[New vs. Existing Titles]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Keywords]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[QuickDex Helps with Finds]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contracts ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configuring, Recording, and Disbursing Subsidiary Rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Royalties ==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Importing Sales Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Running Royalties]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Handling Slow Access and Crashes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=173</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=173"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T17:28:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Getting Started with PubGizmo */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These pages contain manuals for using [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo], software that helps publishers manage their presses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are constantly building pages to provide help; look for more to be added her soon!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com click] to email us a help questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Started with PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Get Your Press Aboard PubGizmo]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Titles]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Editions]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Organizations]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
#* [[Onboarding Import: Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Use PubGizmo]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[How to Access Your Solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Titles ==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[New vs. Existing Titles]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Keywords]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[QuickDex Helps with Finds]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Contracts ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Configuring, Recording, and Disbursing Subsidiary Rights]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Royalties ==&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Importing Sales Data]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Running Royalties]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Troubleshooting ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Handling Slow Access and Crashes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=172</id>
		<title>Importing Sales Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=172"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T22:55:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you to import sales records from spreadsheets. These may arrive from vendors such as Ingram, eBound, iTunes, etc., or you may generate these yourself, for example from sales you conduct at a live event, or exported from your your website (e.g., WooCommerce) or accounting (e.g., QuickBooks). These sheets can be imported directly from Excel files (XLSX, or the older XLS format), or CSVs, which represent universal formats – all data software can save in one of these formats. If given the choice, use XLSX; it&#039;s the most modern, data-rich format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sheets must include a minimum set of data to be viable for computing royalties; you can find a list of requirements at [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
The full process is outlined in detail below, but conceptually, here&#039;s what you will be doing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Point to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select which columns contain which data, or allow them to load automatically, if you&#039;ve performed this import previously.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell PubGizmo to process the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to Begin ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can begin an import from the Home screen, or from within &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Imports&#039;&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; screen, click the + icon on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button; in the Sales module, click the Import button at the upper-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be prompted to locate your file; navigate to the appropriate folder on your computer. Note that only files with an extension of .xlsx, xls., or .csv will be available for import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting Sheets ===&lt;br /&gt;
# If your file includes multiple sheets, you will be prompted to pick the one containing relevant sales data. This may or may not be the first sheet. The file may contain multiple sheets, some with importable data, and others with irrelevant summary info. It can help to open the file in Excel first, to identify which sheets contain sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the file contains multiple sheets of sales data, you&#039;ll need to perform multiple imports of the document, one for each sheet –&amp;amp;nbsp;see below, &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple Sheets&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the appropriate sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Sheets ====&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors store sales from different countries and/or in different currencies in separate sheets (tabs) within a single Excel document. As PubGizmo processes only one sheet per import, multiple imports from the same document, with a different sheet selection each time, will be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Duplicate Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo prevents you from importing the same sheet twice, even if the copy has a different filename, as long as the sheet data itself remains intact. It does this by recording the &amp;quot;signature&amp;quot; of the sheet and comparing it to the signatures of existing imports. If you try to import a sheet that is already in PubGizmo, you will receive a warning, plus an invitation to navigate to the existing import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Click Through These Steps – Don&#039;t Change Anything ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo will show you some screens which you just need to click through – don&#039;t change anything on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disregard the &#039;&#039;&#039;Specify Import Order&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. Changing any setting here may cause the import to fail. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button at the bottom-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Okay&#039;&#039;&#039; on &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Disregard the record count; it may seem too high, because FileMaker doesn&#039;t know exactly where the rows end in your sheet. Empty rows will be discarded at processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Columns ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now see the import mapping screen. Here is where you tell PubGizmo which columns on the sheet contain which elements of the required data. There may be many columns, but you need only a few, the [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties|required ones]], for a complete sales import that will contribute to the data required to compute royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll left and right through the data to locate your columns. When you spot the data you need, for example the ISBN, click the header above that column (where it might say &#039;&#039;&#039;Unassigned&#039;&#039;&#039;, or it might correctly or incorrectly display a header) to select the data it contains, e.g., ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful during this stage; many sheets contain excessive data, often with inscrutable headings. Two or more columns may contain similar data; be persistent as you scan for the actual data you need.&lt;br /&gt;
# PubGizmo will help you determine if you&#039;ve selected all the data necessary for a successful import. Keep an eye on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Column Mapping&#039;&#039;&#039; area at the upper-left of the screen; it will show you what&#039;s missing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some data is optional, for example, the Province or State of sale; if you ever want to do analysis of your data, you should specify as much information as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apply Data to the Entire Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that some sheets lack columns for data that applies to the entire sheet. For example, if the currency of all the sales in the sheet is in US Dollars, the sheet may not include a &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039; column. The same is true for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exchange Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; (required only if the &#039;&#039;&#039;Remit Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; column contains non-domestic currencies), &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; of sale, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Invoice Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Using the areas along the top, you can specify global data values that encompass the entire import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Some Things to Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Process Button Greyed Out ====&lt;br /&gt;
The import cannot proceed if any of the required selectors are not set. This prevents you from importing useless sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Harm in Deleting and Importing Again ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete and reimport a sales sheet an unlimited number of times with no ill effects. So if you make a mistake at import, don&#039;t worry; you can reset your selections and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; do not delete imports for sales periods for royalty periods that are complete! Doing so will skew the numbers for those periods – you will corrupt your previous sales history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Name the Import Process ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You must enter a name for the Process Import. This is because PubGizmo saves your column &amp;quot;map,&amp;quot; and automatically tries to apply it the next time you import from this vendor, since the location of columns tends to remain static. If they do change, you can update the map to reflect the new column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# The best name for a Process Import is a single word unique to this particular vendor, and which will always be found in the filename. For example, name your import &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; if it comes from Ingram, and contains &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; in the filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Processing ===&lt;br /&gt;
# The Process button will remain grey until you complete all the required data, including the Process Name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you click the button, PubGizmo will find all the records with a valid ISBN in the column you specified as ISBN; any line on the sheet without one will be discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Your Next Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, you will be sent to the Home screen. PubGizmo hands the processing off to the server. It may take many minutes to process; while that is happening, the import will show in your Session History with the name and timestamp of the import, and the word PENDING. When the process is done, PENDING will be replaced with the number of records imported (this may not update until you &amp;quot;hover&amp;quot; over the entry). You can click on the import at any time to navigate there, but until the process is finished, the data may look weird and incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
# You don&#039;t have to wait to perform your next import; PubGizmo is immediately ready to receive your next one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inspecting the Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a good idea to check that your import worked properly. A link will appear as an entry in your Session History on the Home screen. Click to view the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Complete? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to consider is if the data imported looks complete – are all the fields for which you mapped data filled in (note some optional fields may be blank, if the sheet didn&#039;t contain that data, or you opted not to map those fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Reasonable? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Do the numbers and amounts make sense? If there is a exchange rate (e.g., from CAD to USD), does the local currency amount look like a correct conversion from the foreign currency (hint: for USD conversion to CAD, the CAD amount should be greater than the USD amount, by a factor of about 1.35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Are There Missing ISBNs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the sheet contained ISBNs with no match to your data – that is, the sheet reports sales for editions not found in PubGizmo, either because you have missed recording those editions, or they were erroneously included by the vendor in your sales data – the affected sales records will be shown in red, and you will see a &amp;quot;Missing ISBNs&amp;quot; button at the top of the Sales Import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What to Do ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Examine the red rows; if you mapped a Title field at import (optional), the title will appear in this field, otherwise it will be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are legitimate ISBNs from your list (see the Tip below), update Title records by adding those missing editions with that ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are not ISBNs from your list, inform the vendor/distributor that they are sending erroneous data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tip ====&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t recognize an ISBN? Click the row and a popover will open showing the sales data. Click the &amp;quot;Title From ISBN&amp;quot; button and PubGizmo will search the internet for the title associated with that number. You&#039;re probably the publisher!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add the Edition to the Title record, and PubGizmo will refresh the sales record to connect it to the edition. You can confirm by going to the Sales Import; the line should no longer be red, and if the title field was blank, it should now be populated with the title.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Yellow Rows ===&lt;br /&gt;
While rows in red are likely critical (sales are being reported for books not recorded in PG), yellow rows are more informational. They represent a sale for an edition that is not covered by any contract recorded in PG. For example, an author&#039;s contract for an edition specifies North American sales only, but on the imported sheet there&#039;s a sale in Japan. PG is faithful to the terms of contract; that sale is not included on the royalty statement, and earnings from that sale are not computed and paid.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=171</id>
		<title>Importing Sales Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=171"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T19:31:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Yellow Lines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you to import sales records from spreadsheets. These may arrive from vendors such as Ingram, eBound, iTunes, etc., or you may generate these yourself, for example from sales you conduct at a live event, or exported from accounting software such as QuickBooks. These sheets can be imported directly from Excel (XLSX, or the older XLS format), or CSVs, which represent universal formats – all data software can save in one of these formats. If given the choice, use XLSX; it&#039;s the most modern, data-rich format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sheets must include a minimum set of data to be viable for computing royalties; you can find a list of requirements at [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
The full process is outlined in detail below, but conceptually, here&#039;s what you will be doing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Point to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select which columns contain which data, or allow them to load automatically, if you&#039;ve performed this import previously.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell PubGizmo to process the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to Begin ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can begin an import from the Home screen, or from within &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Imports&#039;&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; screen, click the + icon on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button; in the Sales module, click the Import button at the upper-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be prompted to locate your file; navigate to the appropriate folder on your computer. Note that only files with an extension of .xlsx, xls., or .csv will be available for import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting Sheets ===&lt;br /&gt;
# If your file includes multiple sheets, you will be prompted to pick the one containing relevant sales data. This may or may not be the first sheet. The file may contain multiple sheets, some with importable data, and others with irrelevant summary info. It can help to open the file in Excel first, to identify which sheets contain sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the file contains multiple sheets of sales data, you&#039;ll need to perform multiple imports of the document, one for each sheet –&amp;amp;nbsp;see below, &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple Sheets&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the appropriate sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Sheets ====&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors store sales from different countries and/or in different currencies in separate sheets (tabs) within a single Excel document. As PubGizmo processes only one sheet per import, multiple imports from the same document, with a different sheet selection each time, will be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Duplicate Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo prevents you from importing the same sheet twice, even if the copy has a different filename, as long as the sheet data itself remains intact. It does this by recording the &amp;quot;signature&amp;quot; of the sheet and comparing it to the signatures of existing imports. If you try to import a sheet that is already in PubGizmo, you will receive a warning, plus an invitation to navigate to the existing import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Click Through These Steps – Don&#039;t Change Anything ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo will show you some screens which you just need to click through – don&#039;t change anything on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disregard the &#039;&#039;&#039;Specify Import Order&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. Changing any setting here may cause the import to fail. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button at the bottom-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Okay&#039;&#039;&#039; on &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Disregard the record count; it may seem too high, because FileMaker doesn&#039;t know exactly where the rows end in your sheet. Empty rows will be discarded at processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Columns ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now see the import mapping screen. Here is where you tell PubGizmo which columns on the sheet contain which elements of the required data. There may be many columns, but you need only a few, the [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties|required ones]], for a complete sales import that will contribute to the data required to compute royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll left and right through the data to locate your columns. When you spot the data you need, for example the ISBN, click the header above that column (where it might say &#039;&#039;&#039;Unassigned&#039;&#039;&#039;, or it might correctly or incorrectly display a header) to select the data it contains, e.g., ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful during this stage; many sheets contain excessive data, often with inscrutable headings. Two or more columns may contain similar data; be persistent as you scan for the actual data you need.&lt;br /&gt;
# PubGizmo will help you determine if you&#039;ve selected all the data necessary for a successful import. Keep an eye on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Column Mapping&#039;&#039;&#039; area at the upper-left of the screen; it will show you what&#039;s missing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some data is optional, for example, the Province or State of sale; if you ever want to do analysis of your data, you should specify as much information as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apply Data to the Entire Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that some sheets lack columns for data that applies to the entire sheet. For example, if the currency of all the sales in the sheet is in US Dollars, the sheet may not include a &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039; column. The same is true for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exchange Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; (required only if the &#039;&#039;&#039;Remit Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; column contains non-domestic currencies), &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; of sale, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Invoice Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Using the areas along the top, you can specify global data values that encompass the entire import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Some Things to Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Process Button Greyed Out ====&lt;br /&gt;
The import cannot proceed if any of the required selectors are not set. This prevents you from importing useless sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Harm in Deleting and Importing Again ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete and reimport a sales sheet an unlimited number of times with no ill effects. So if you make a mistake at import, don&#039;t worry; you can reset your selections and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; do not delete imports for sales periods for royalty periods that are complete! Doing so will skew the numbers for those periods – you will corrupt your previous sales history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Name the Import Process ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You must enter a name for the Process Import. This is because PubGizmo saves your column &amp;quot;map,&amp;quot; and automatically tries to apply it the next time you import from this vendor, since the location of columns tends to remain static. If they do change, you can update the map to reflect the new column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# The best name for a Process Import is a single word unique to this particular vendor, and which will always be found in the filename. For example, name your import &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; if it comes from Ingram, and contains &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; in the filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Processing ===&lt;br /&gt;
# The Process button will remain grey until you complete all the required data, including the Process Name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you click the button, PubGizmo will find all the records with a valid ISBN in the column you specified as ISBN; any line on the sheet without one will be discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Your Next Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, you will be sent to the Home screen. PubGizmo hands the processing off to the server. It may take many minutes to process; while that is happening, the import will show in your Session History with the name and timestamp of the import, and the word PENDING. When the process is done, PENDING will be replaced with the number of records imported (this may not update until you &amp;quot;hover&amp;quot; over the entry). You can click on the import at any time to navigate there, but until the process is finished, the data may look weird and incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
# You don&#039;t have to wait to perform your next import; PubGizmo is immediately ready to receive your next one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inspecting the Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a good idea to check that your import worked properly. A link will appear as an entry in your Session History on the Home screen. Click to view the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Complete? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to consider is if the data imported looks complete – are all the fields for which you mapped data filled in (note some optional fields may be blank, if the sheet didn&#039;t contain that data, or you opted not to map those fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Reasonable? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Do the numbers and amounts make sense? If there is a exchange rate (e.g., from CAD to USD), does the local currency amount look like a correct conversion from the foreign currency (hint: for USD conversion to CAD, the CAD amount should be greater than the USD amount, by a factor of about 1.35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Are There Missing ISBNs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the sheet contained ISBNs with no match to your data – that is, the sheet reports sales for editions not found in PubGizmo, either because you have missed recording those editions, or they were erroneously included by the vendor in your sales data – the affected sales records will be shown in red, and you will see a &amp;quot;Missing ISBNs&amp;quot; button at the top of the Sales Import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What to Do ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Examine the red rows; if you mapped a Title field at import (optional), the title will appear in this field, otherwise it will be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are legitimate ISBNs from your list (see the Tip below), update Title records by adding those missing editions with that ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are not ISBNs from your list, inform the vendor/distributor that they are sending erroneous data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tip ====&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t recognize an ISBN? Click the row and a popover will open showing the sales data. Click the &amp;quot;Title From ISBN&amp;quot; button and PubGizmo will search the internet for the title associated with that number. You&#039;re probably the publisher!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add the Edition to the Title record, and PubGizmo will refresh the sales record to connect it to the edition. You can confirm by going to the Sales Import; the line should no longer be red, and if the title field was blank, it should now be populated with the title.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Yellow Rows ===&lt;br /&gt;
While rows in red are likely critical (sales are being reported for books not recorded in PG), yellow rows are more informational. They represent a sale for an edition that is not covered by any contract recorded in PG. For example, an author&#039;s contract for an edition specifies North American sales only, but on the imported sheet there&#039;s a sale in Japan. PG is faithful to the terms of contract; that sale is not included on the royalty statement, and earnings from that sale are not computed and paid.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=170</id>
		<title>Importing Sales Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=170"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T19:28:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* What to Do */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you to import sales records from spreadsheets. These may arrive from vendors such as Ingram, eBound, iTunes, etc., or you may generate these yourself, for example from sales you conduct at a live event, or exported from accounting software such as QuickBooks. These sheets can be imported directly from Excel (XLSX, or the older XLS format), or CSVs, which represent universal formats – all data software can save in one of these formats. If given the choice, use XLSX; it&#039;s the most modern, data-rich format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sheets must include a minimum set of data to be viable for computing royalties; you can find a list of requirements at [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
The full process is outlined in detail below, but conceptually, here&#039;s what you will be doing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Point to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select which columns contain which data, or allow them to load automatically, if you&#039;ve performed this import previously.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell PubGizmo to process the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to Begin ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can begin an import from the Home screen, or from within &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Imports&#039;&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; screen, click the + icon on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button; in the Sales module, click the Import button at the upper-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be prompted to locate your file; navigate to the appropriate folder on your computer. Note that only files with an extension of .xlsx, xls., or .csv will be available for import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting Sheets ===&lt;br /&gt;
# If your file includes multiple sheets, you will be prompted to pick the one containing relevant sales data. This may or may not be the first sheet. The file may contain multiple sheets, some with importable data, and others with irrelevant summary info. It can help to open the file in Excel first, to identify which sheets contain sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the file contains multiple sheets of sales data, you&#039;ll need to perform multiple imports of the document, one for each sheet –&amp;amp;nbsp;see below, &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple Sheets&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the appropriate sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Sheets ====&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors store sales from different countries and/or in different currencies in separate sheets (tabs) within a single Excel document. As PubGizmo processes only one sheet per import, multiple imports from the same document, with a different sheet selection each time, will be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Duplicate Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo prevents you from importing the same sheet twice, even if the copy has a different filename, as long as the sheet data itself remains intact. It does this by recording the &amp;quot;signature&amp;quot; of the sheet and comparing it to the signatures of existing imports. If you try to import a sheet that is already in PubGizmo, you will receive a warning, plus an invitation to navigate to the existing import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Click Through These Steps – Don&#039;t Change Anything ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo will show you some screens which you just need to click through – don&#039;t change anything on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disregard the &#039;&#039;&#039;Specify Import Order&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. Changing any setting here may cause the import to fail. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button at the bottom-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Okay&#039;&#039;&#039; on &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Disregard the record count; it may seem too high, because FileMaker doesn&#039;t know exactly where the rows end in your sheet. Empty rows will be discarded at processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Columns ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now see the import mapping screen. Here is where you tell PubGizmo which columns on the sheet contain which elements of the required data. There may be many columns, but you need only a few, the [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties|required ones]], for a complete sales import that will contribute to the data required to compute royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll left and right through the data to locate your columns. When you spot the data you need, for example the ISBN, click the header above that column (where it might say &#039;&#039;&#039;Unassigned&#039;&#039;&#039;, or it might correctly or incorrectly display a header) to select the data it contains, e.g., ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful during this stage; many sheets contain excessive data, often with inscrutable headings. Two or more columns may contain similar data; be persistent as you scan for the actual data you need.&lt;br /&gt;
# PubGizmo will help you determine if you&#039;ve selected all the data necessary for a successful import. Keep an eye on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Column Mapping&#039;&#039;&#039; area at the upper-left of the screen; it will show you what&#039;s missing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some data is optional, for example, the Province or State of sale; if you ever want to do analysis of your data, you should specify as much information as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apply Data to the Entire Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that some sheets lack columns for data that applies to the entire sheet. For example, if the currency of all the sales in the sheet is in US Dollars, the sheet may not include a &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039; column. The same is true for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exchange Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; (required only if the &#039;&#039;&#039;Remit Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; column contains non-domestic currencies), &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; of sale, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Invoice Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Using the areas along the top, you can specify global data values that encompass the entire import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Some Things to Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Process Button Greyed Out ====&lt;br /&gt;
The import cannot proceed if any of the required selectors are not set. This prevents you from importing useless sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Harm in Deleting and Importing Again ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete and reimport a sales sheet an unlimited number of times with no ill effects. So if you make a mistake at import, don&#039;t worry; you can reset your selections and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; do not delete imports for sales periods for royalty periods that are complete! Doing so will skew the numbers for those periods – you will corrupt your previous sales history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Name the Import Process ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You must enter a name for the Process Import. This is because PubGizmo saves your column &amp;quot;map,&amp;quot; and automatically tries to apply it the next time you import from this vendor, since the location of columns tends to remain static. If they do change, you can update the map to reflect the new column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# The best name for a Process Import is a single word unique to this particular vendor, and which will always be found in the filename. For example, name your import &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; if it comes from Ingram, and contains &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; in the filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Processing ===&lt;br /&gt;
# The Process button will remain grey until you complete all the required data, including the Process Name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you click the button, PubGizmo will find all the records with a valid ISBN in the column you specified as ISBN; any line on the sheet without one will be discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Your Next Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, you will be sent to the Home screen. PubGizmo hands the processing off to the server. It may take many minutes to process; while that is happening, the import will show in your Session History with the name and timestamp of the import, and the word PENDING. When the process is done, PENDING will be replaced with the number of records imported (this may not update until you &amp;quot;hover&amp;quot; over the entry). You can click on the import at any time to navigate there, but until the process is finished, the data may look weird and incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
# You don&#039;t have to wait to perform your next import; PubGizmo is immediately ready to receive your next one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inspecting the Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a good idea to check that your import worked properly. A link will appear as an entry in your Session History on the Home screen. Click to view the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Complete? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to consider is if the data imported looks complete – are all the fields for which you mapped data filled in (note some optional fields may be blank, if the sheet didn&#039;t contain that data, or you opted not to map those fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Reasonable? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Do the numbers and amounts make sense? If there is a exchange rate (e.g., from CAD to USD), does the local currency amount look like a correct conversion from the foreign currency (hint: for USD conversion to CAD, the CAD amount should be greater than the USD amount, by a factor of about 1.35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Are There Missing ISBNs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the sheet contained ISBNs with no match to your data – that is, the sheet reports sales for editions not found in PubGizmo, either because you have missed recording those editions, or they were erroneously included by the vendor in your sales data – the affected sales records will be shown in red, and you will see a &amp;quot;Missing ISBNs&amp;quot; button at the top of the Sales Import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What to Do ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Examine the red rows; if you mapped a Title field at import (optional), the title will appear in this field, otherwise it will be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the Missing ISBNs button to view a list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are legitimate ISBNs from your list, update Title records by adding those missing editions with that ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are not ISBNs from your list, inform the vendor that they are sending erroneous data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tip ====&lt;br /&gt;
Don&#039;t recognize an ISBN? Click the row and a popover will open showing the sales data. Click the &amp;quot;Title From ISBN&amp;quot; button and PubGizmo will search the internet for the title associated with that number. You&#039;re probably the publisher! Don&#039;t be embarrassed – it happens a lot. Add the Edition to the Title record, and PubGizmo will refresh the sales record to connect it to the edition. You can confirm by going to the Sales Import; the line should no longer be red, and if the title field was blank, it should now be populated with the title.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Yellow Lines ===&lt;br /&gt;
While lines in red are likely critical (sales are being reported for books not recorded in PG), yellow lines are more informational. They represent a sale for an edition that is not covered by any contract recorded in PG. For example, an author&#039;s contract for an edition specifies North American sales only, but on the imported sheet there&#039;s a sale in Japan. PG is faithful to the terms of contract; that sale is not included on the royalty statement, and earnings from that sale are not computed and paid.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Access_Your_Solution&amp;diff=169</id>
		<title>How to Access Your Solution</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Access_Your_Solution&amp;diff=169"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:58:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Get FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
You will need to install the latest version of FileMaker Pro to access PubGizmo. You can download a 45-day trial version by clicking [https://www.claris.com/trial/ here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your subscription is confirmed, we will email you a license file, which you will use to authorize the software for the duration of your subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you receive this file, put it somewhere accessible on your computer, e.g., your computer&#039;s desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you run FileMaker Pro for the first time, it will request a license key or license file. Point it at this file, and that will register the software.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== First Time on Each Computer ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll need to follow a few steps to configure FileMaker to access your instance of PubGizmo on our server. This only needs to be done once on each computer:&lt;br /&gt;
# Open FileMaker Pro&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to the &#039;&#039;&#039;File&#039;&#039;&#039; menu&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Hosts&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Hosts...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the grey rectangle with four dots at the upper-right of the window&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the &#039;&#039;&#039;Network File Path&#039;&#039;&#039; as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;North America East&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fmnet:/east.pubgizmo.com/[SolutionName]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[SolutionName]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the name of your press, without spaces, and without the square brackets, e.g., &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fmnet:/east.pubgizmo.com/MyPress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#* &#039;&#039;&#039;North America West&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fmnet:/neutrinodata.ddns.net/[SolutionName]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, where &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;[SolutionName]&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; is the name of your press, without spaces, and without the square brackets, e.g., &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;fmnet:/neutrinodata.ddns.net/MyPress&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# When the splash window appears, click the Login button&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the credentials you were provided. Note that your username and password are case sensitive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How Many Computers? ====&lt;br /&gt;
Your subscription is per user, not per computer. This means:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You can install FileMaker Pro and access PubGizmo from as many computers as you like, e.g., office desktop, home desktop, laptop, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
* Every user, i.e., each person, who uses PubGizmo, must have &#039;&#039;their own account&#039;&#039; – &#039;&#039;&#039;no sharing&#039;&#039;&#039;. Your subscription determines your user count. In the Admin module you can create accounts for as many users as you need, up to your subscription limit. If you require more users, please let us know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Accessing PubGizmo Going Forward ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few ways to open PubGizmo next time, after setting it up using the above directions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Recent Items ===&lt;br /&gt;
Open FileMaker Pro and go &#039;&#039;&#039;File &amp;gt; Recent&#039;&#039;&#039;, and from that list, select your solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Save as a Favourite ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro allows you to save your favourite solutions in a list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Open FileMaker Pro&lt;br /&gt;
# Go &#039;&#039;&#039;File &amp;gt; Favorites &amp;gt; Show Favorites...&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;+ Add App...&#039;&#039;&#039; button&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter/paste the path, per &#039;&#039;&#039;step 5&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;First Time on Each Computer&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you&#039;ve done that, you can open it later by opening FileMaker Pro and going &#039;&#039;&#039;File &amp;gt; Favorites&#039;&#039;&#039; and selecting your solution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== &#039;&#039;&#039;Open Automatically When You Launch FileMaker Pro&#039;&#039;&#039; ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can tell FileMaker Pro to open your solution every time you launch it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Open FileMaker Pro&lt;br /&gt;
# Go &#039;&#039;&#039;Preferences/Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the checkbox &#039;&#039;&#039;At startup, open file&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter/paste the path, per &#039;&#039;&#039;step 5&#039;&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;&#039;First Time on Each Computer&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How to Use PubGizmo ==&lt;br /&gt;
While PubGizmo is designed to be intuitive, you can find general tips to help get around and perform operations at [[How to Use PubGizmo]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=168</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=168"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:22:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Covention ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it.&lt;br /&gt;
== Understanding FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of presses use PubGizmo; each is hosted in an individual file or instance. All your data is self-contained and separate from the data of all other presses using PubGizmo. It cannot be seen or accessed by anyone without your account name and password. Keep these safe!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo Runs &amp;quot;Inside&amp;quot; FileMaker Pro ===&lt;br /&gt;
To access PubGizmo, you need to use [[wikipedia:FileMaker|FileMaker Pro]] (made by [https://claris.com Claris], owned by [https://apple.com Apple]) on your computer (Mac or Windows). Think of the relationship between FileMaker Pro and your copy of PubGizmo, containing all your press&#039;s Titles, Contacts, Sales Records, the way Microsoft Word is needed to open a Word document. PubGizmo is essentially a FileMaker Pro &amp;quot;document.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo &amp;quot;in the cloud&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Your copy of PubGizmo is hosted on a server on the internet, which means it&#039;s &amp;quot;in the cloud,&amp;quot; i.e., accessible from anywhere with an internet connection. So you can access it from your office, your home, or when travelling, e.g., from Frankfurt. Access speed diminishes with increased distance from your server (in Toronto or Vancouver), so if you are far away, access speed may be reduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Committing Records ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro saves or &amp;quot;commits&amp;quot; records automatically once you exit all fields on that record. So if you change data in a field and click outside the field, the data is saved. You don&#039;t have to do anything else to save a record when you create it or make changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Undo ====&lt;br /&gt;
Immediate saving also means there&#039;s no &amp;quot;undo&amp;quot; once you&#039;ve committed or deleted a record. Be careful! If you do delete something critical, let us know ASAP so we can attempt a recovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PubGizmo Modules: Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module; you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the status of the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the + and a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search for a record in the module by typing in the box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the Session History, showing the last visit timestamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
You Session History is normally deleted when you logout, but you you can retain your history between sessions by clicking the Prefs button at the bottom-left and checking the &amp;quot;Retain Session History&amp;quot; box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bookmark records you use frequently, so you can navigate to them instantly from the Home screen. You bookmark a record by clicking the bookmark icon at the bottom-right of Form View records. The bookmark will turn red, and you&#039;ll be able to see and navigate to bookmarked records from the Home screen History portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing Bookmarks ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can remove a bookmarked record one of two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# click the trash icon beside the record in the Bookmarks list; the record is retained – only the bookmark is removed&lt;br /&gt;
# click the bookmark icon on the record itself; it will switch from red to grey, and the record will no longer appear in the Bookmark portal on Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented in List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click the Contact button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== List View ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=167</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=167"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:20:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Form View */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Covention ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Portal ===&lt;br /&gt;
A portal is a list of records that are related to the record you are viewing. For example, if you are on the Contact record of one of your authors, the Titles portal will show the records of all their Titles in PubGizmo. See also [[Links]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Understanding FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of presses use PubGizmo; each is hosted in an individual file or instance. All your data is self-contained and separate from the data of all other presses using PubGizmo. It cannot be seen or accessed by anyone without your account name and password. Keep these safe!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo Runs &amp;quot;Inside&amp;quot; FileMaker Pro ===&lt;br /&gt;
To access PubGizmo, you need to use [[wikipedia:FileMaker|FileMaker Pro]] (made by [https://claris.com Claris], owned by [https://apple.com Apple]) on your computer (Mac or Windows). Think of the relationship between FileMaker Pro and your copy of PubGizmo, containing all your press&#039;s Titles, Contacts, Sales Records, the way Microsoft Word is needed to open a Word document. PubGizmo is essentially a FileMaker Pro &amp;quot;document.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo &amp;quot;in the cloud&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Your copy of PubGizmo is hosted on a server on the internet, which means it&#039;s &amp;quot;in the cloud,&amp;quot; i.e., accessible from anywhere with an internet connection. So you can access it from your office, your home, or when travelling, e.g., from Frankfurt. Access speed diminishes with increased distance from your server (in Toronto or Vancouver), so if you are far away, access speed may be reduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Committing Records ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro saves or &amp;quot;commits&amp;quot; records automatically once you exit all fields on that record. So if you change data in a field and click outside the field, the data is saved. You don&#039;t have to do anything else to save a record when you create it or make changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Undo ====&lt;br /&gt;
Immediate saving also means there&#039;s no &amp;quot;undo&amp;quot; once you&#039;ve committed or deleted a record. Be careful! If you do delete something critical, let us know ASAP so we can attempt a recovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PubGizmo Modules: Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module; you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the status of the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the + and a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search for a record in the module by typing in the box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the Session History, showing the last visit timestamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
You Session History is normally deleted when you logout, but you you can retain your history between sessions by clicking the Prefs button at the bottom-left and checking the &amp;quot;Retain Session History&amp;quot; box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bookmark records you use frequently, so you can navigate to them instantly from the Home screen. You bookmark a record by clicking the bookmark icon at the bottom-right of Form View records. The bookmark will turn red, and you&#039;ll be able to see and navigate to bookmarked records from the Home screen History portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing Bookmarks ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can remove a bookmarked record one of two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# click the trash icon beside the record in the Bookmarks list; the record is retained – only the bookmark is removed&lt;br /&gt;
# click the bookmark icon on the record itself; it will switch from red to grey, and the record will no longer appear in the Bookmark portal on Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented in List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click the Contact button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== List View ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Get_Your_Press_Aboard_PubGizmo&amp;diff=166</id>
		<title>How to Get Your Press Aboard PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Get_Your_Press_Aboard_PubGizmo&amp;diff=166"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:13:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Thinking of Subscribing? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Are you interested in subscribing to PubGizmo to run royalties, and manage your press&#039;s data? Moving forward with a new system can be a tough decision, with many considerations. We offer complete transparency around the process of moving to, and using, PubGizmo, including pricing, steps involved in onboarding your data, importing sales sheets, and creating and sending your royalty statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are also open to adding features to accommodate your special circumstances, so don&#039;t let &amp;quot;oh, we don&#039;t do that like other publishers&amp;quot; hold you back. If you&#039;re curious about a feature or function, just ask!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What follows is the general process by which your press can subscribe to PubGizmo...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Email Us ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First thing:&#039;&#039;&#039; let us know you are interested in subscribing by scrolling to the bottom of the [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo website] and using the Contact Us form to introduce yourself, and provide details about your press. Not only does an email provide the opportunity for us to answer any questions not answered here or on the [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo main site], it allows us to query about your press size and needs, and your timeline (e.g., when&#039;s your next royalty run?), to plan and schedule your onboarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emailing us puts you under no obligation, and we promise not to bug you if decide not to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Determine Your Pricing Tier ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo&#039;s annual subscription rate is based on the size of your press, which is determined by how many books in your catalog, both print and out-of-print. Pricing is straightforward, with no hidden fees or surprises. Here&#039;s what to expect:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Setup – one time only&lt;br /&gt;
# Subscription – annual or monthly, payable in advance&lt;br /&gt;
# Additional users – base subscription is for one user; there are fees for additional users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the exact details on [https://pubgizmo.com/pricing/ PubGizmo&#039;s Pricing page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Currently Available in Canada and the United States Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
Right now, PubGizmo is built to serve presses in Canada and the United States, largely due to the location of our servers in the east and west of North America, which could mean annoying latency when accessing overseas. If you are based elsewhere, don&#039;t worry: we are always improving and developing, and are eager to support other territories, once we know there&#039;s interest. If you let us know, we can start planning to serve your region; letting other local presses know about PubGizmo, and having them contact us, will accelerate that process, because we operate on an &amp;quot;economy-of-scale&amp;quot; model, where more users mean lower costs for everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read the Agreement ==&lt;br /&gt;
We cover terms and conditions in the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1RS5t5dDszlmtkky_LePuSQoDytQT0vVj3H3YTw3jQ8E/edit?usp=sharing PubGizmo Subscription Agreement]; give it a close read. It&#039;s eleven pages – sorry! We&#039;ve tried to keep the language clear and comprehensible. If you are happy with the terms and are ready to move forward, let us know, and we will send you a version dated and customized for your press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Need Help? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Let us know if you have any questions about the agreement – we&#039;re happy to explain any sections. We are also open to amending parts to suit you, if there are clauses that require customization for your specific circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How Quickly Can We Do Our First Royalty Run? ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your press&#039;s royalty run is fast approaching, you&#039;ll want to know how quickly you can get aboard and start benefiting from PubGizmo. Much of that depends on how long it takes you to prepare your data (see below). Once we have that data in Excel format, we can get you aboard in as little as three days, depending on the state and volume of your data, and how busy we are with other commitments (which is why you should let us know ASAP if your run is happening in the next 90 days).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prepare Your Data for Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo needs your press&#039;s core data before it can process royalties. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Books&lt;br /&gt;
# Editions for those books&lt;br /&gt;
# Contacts (authors, translators, other contract-holders), along with all clauses&lt;br /&gt;
# Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
# Contracts (for Contacts and Organizations)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The full process on how to set up your data can be found on the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction]] page. We&#039;re also available to help with any onboarding questions along the way. We are patient and kind – honest!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Provide Your Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Send us your data sheets, or link us to your Google Sheets, if that&#039;s the method you chose. We will invoice you, and process your import. If things don&#039;t go perfectly (hint: they rarely do on the first run), we&#039;ll send you clear info on what went wrong, and how to correct things quickly. The import is a collaborative process, and we&#039;ll walk you through every step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice ==&lt;br /&gt;
We will invoice you for your first period and setup fee, along with fees for any additional users. Your press can pay by cheque, eTransfer, or wire transfer. Your subscription begins the day we begin to import your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Start Using! ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once your data is aboard, you can start using PubGizmo to manage your press, and import your sales sheets to run your royalties. You can find details on what those processes look like [[Main Page|here]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contracts&amp;diff=165</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Contracts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contracts&amp;diff=165"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:00:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude re-edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contracts sheet is the most complex of the five sheets. Read this page carefully before you begin. Each contract is represented by one or more rows, structured in a specific hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How the Sheet Is Structured ==&lt;br /&gt;
You build the contract list from the top down, row by row. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Element&#039;&#039;&#039; column (Column B) determines how each row is interpreted. The order of contracts does not matter, but it is essential that rows belonging to a contract are kept together immediately below their &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; row, without any gap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not enter data in rows with a dark grey shade — that data will be ignored. Fields are colour-coded by element type to indicate what kind of data to enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Element Types (Column B) ==&lt;br /&gt;
The value in Column B defines what each row represents:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; — The first row of each contract. This row contains data covering the entire contract, plus the data for the first clause (usually the print edition clause).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; — Additional clauses on the contract above. One row per additional clause.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039; — A subsidiary right associated with the contract above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for the Entire Contract ==&lt;br /&gt;
These columns are filled in on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; row only (and the Title column on all rows). They define the contract as a whole and apply to every clause and right below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This must exactly match the title as entered in Column A of the [[Onboarding Import: Titles|Titles]] sheet. Enter the title on every row (Contract/Clause, Clause, and Right) that belongs to this contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — Element ===&lt;br /&gt;
See Element Types above. Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; for the first row of each contract, &#039;&#039;&#039;Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; for additional clause rows, and &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039; for subsidiary rights rows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — Contract Holder Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
The entity who signed the contract — generally an author, but could be a translator or an organization (in the case of a publisher sub-licencing a title).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — Names must exactly match those on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] or [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet, as applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For &#039;&#039;&#039;multiple contract holders on a single contract&#039;&#039;&#039; (same terms for all signatories, one combined royalty payment), separate names with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each named person will receive a copy of the royalty statement with all names listed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For &#039;&#039;&#039;individual contracts&#039;&#039;&#039; (one per contributor, different terms for each), enter each as a separate Contract/Clause row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — Contract Holder Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter either:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; — the holder is a person (with a record on the Contacts sheet)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Org&#039;&#039;&#039; — the holder is an organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — Contract Holder Role ===&lt;br /&gt;
If a title has multiple contracts (e.g., one for the author, one for the translator), enter each as a separate Contract/Clause row and indicate the role for each (e.g., &#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Translator&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — Creator Name (if different than Contract Holder Name) ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the creator of the work is different from the contract holder — for example, if a literary agency holds the contract on behalf of the author — enter the creator&#039;s name here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This name must exactly match a contact name on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — Literary Agency ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the name of the literary agency associated with this contract, if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This name must exactly match an organization name on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — Literary Agent ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the name of the individual literary agent associated with this contract, if applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This name must exactly match a contact name on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — Contract Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the date the contract was signed in &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039; format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — Original Advance ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the original advance amount as a number, without a currency symbol.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — Advance Remaining ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the advance remaining as of your most recent royalty statement, as a number without a currency symbol. Always fill this in if you have entered an &#039;&#039;&#039;Original Advance&#039;&#039;&#039; in Column J — even if the amount is $0, enter &#039;&#039;&#039;0&#039;&#039;&#039;. Do not leave this blank.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column L — Carry-forward Amount ===&lt;br /&gt;
The net royalty amount carried forward from the previous royalty period — this can be positive or negative. Leave blank if there is no carry-forward amount.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column M — Reserve on Returns Active ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; if this contract includes a reserve on returns clause. Leave blank if it does not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column N — Reserve on Returns Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
If Column M is active, enter the reserve rate as a decimal (e.g., &#039;&#039;0.25&#039;&#039; for 25%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column O — Reserve on Returns Period ===&lt;br /&gt;
If Column M is active, enter the reserve period (e.g., &#039;&#039;1 Period&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;2 Periods&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column P — Reserve on Returns Amount Remaining ===&lt;br /&gt;
If Column M is active, enter the current reserve amount being held back, as a number. Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;0&#039;&#039;&#039; if none is currently being held.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column Q — End Date for Pre-PubGizmo Royalties ===&lt;br /&gt;
The last day for which royalties on this contract were completed outside of PubGizmo — the final day of the last statement period handled before onboarding. PubGizmo inherits the carry-forward values (Columns K and L) for this contract, and begins its own royalty tracking on the day immediately following this date. Format: &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039;. Leave blank if there are no pre-existing royalty totals to carry forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column R — Contract Expiry Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the contract has an expiry date, enter it here in &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039; format. Leave blank if the contract does not expire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column S — Languages Included ===&lt;br /&gt;
Leave blank (or enter &#039;&#039;All&#039;&#039;) if the contract covers all languages. If the contract covers specific languages only, list them here, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column T — Languages Excluded ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter languages here only if the contract specifically excludes them. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for Clauses ==&lt;br /&gt;
Each clause row (whether on a Contract/Clause row or a separate Clause row) defines the royalty terms for a specific edition format or royalty group under this contract. Fill in all applicable clause columns on the Contract/Clause row for the first clause, and on each subsequent Clause row for additional clauses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column U — Royalty Group or Edition ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter one of the following. Royalty Groups (&#039;&#039;&#039;bold&#039;&#039;&#039;) are most commonly used; use the specific Edition Format (&#039;&#039;italics&#039;&#039;) only if you have different terms for formats within the same group (e.g., different rates for Paperback vs. Hardcover):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Print&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Electronic&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Audio&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Paperback&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Hardcover&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;ePub&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;PDF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;MOBI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Audiobook&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column V — Based On ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the basis on which the royalty is calculated. Typically either:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;List&#039;&#039;&#039; — royalty is calculated as a percentage of the list (retail) price&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Net&#039;&#039;&#039; — royalty is calculated as a percentage of the net amount received by the publisher&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column W — Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
Indicate one region per clause row, using the exact names below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-defined continents&#039;&#039;&#039; (countries per the [[wikipedia:Continent|seven-continent model]]):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Africa&lt;br /&gt;
* Asia&lt;br /&gt;
* Europe&lt;br /&gt;
* North America&lt;br /&gt;
* South America&lt;br /&gt;
* World (all countries)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-defined special regions:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CA Foreign — all countries except Canada&lt;br /&gt;
* Canada&lt;br /&gt;
* Canada &amp;amp; US&lt;br /&gt;
* United States&lt;br /&gt;
* US Foreign — all countries except the United States&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom regions:&#039;&#039;&#039; You may define your own regions using unique names not listed above, assembled from any combination of countries. Let us know about any custom regions before import so we can define them in your PubGizmo instance. Countries use the official [[wikipedia:ISO_3166-1_alpha-2|ISO 3166-1 alpha-2]] two-letter code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your press uses unconventional definitions for the pre-defined regions above (e.g., your &amp;quot;North America&amp;quot; means CA and US only), please let us know before import so we can adjust accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column X — Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the base royalty rate for this clause as a decimal (e.g., &#039;&#039;0.10&#039;&#039; for 10%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column Y — Escalation Tier 2 (Starts At) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter the cumulative unit count at which the royalty rate escalates to Tier 2 (e.g., &#039;&#039;1000&#039;&#039; if the rate changes after 1,000 copies sold).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column Z — Rate Tier 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter the Tier 2 royalty rate as a decimal (e.g., &#039;&#039;0.125&#039;&#039; for 12.5%).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AA — Escalation Tier 3 (Starts At) ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes a third escalation tier.&#039;&#039; Enter the cumulative unit count at which the rate escalates to Tier 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AB — Rate Tier 3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes a third escalation tier.&#039;&#039; Enter the Tier 3 royalty rate as a decimal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AC — Esc Count Sales from Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter a region name (from the list under Column W above) to indicate which region&#039;s sales are counted toward the escalation threshold. Most presses use &#039;&#039;&#039;World&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AD — Esc Count Sales of Royalty Group or Edition Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter a royalty group or edition format name (from the list under Column U above) to indicate which format&#039;s sales are counted toward the escalation threshold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for Subsidiary Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039; row below a contract to record a subsidiary right on that contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AE — Subsidiary Right Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the right (e.g., &#039;&#039;Audio Rights&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Book Clubs&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Serialization&#039;&#039;). Be consistent with spelling — these values will populate your subsidiary rights selector in PubGizmo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column AF — Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The percentage of the sale amount the contractee receives when this right is exercised. Enter as a decimal (e.g., &#039;&#039;0.50&#039;&#039; for 50%). For example, if Audio Rights are sold for $1,000 at a 50% rate, the contractee receives $500 on their next royalty statement. Be careful that the combined rates across all contractees for a title do not exceed 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Columns AG–AN — Informational Fields ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following columns are currently informational only. PubGizmo does not yet factor these into rights-share calculations on royalty statements, but they will be incorporated in a future release:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AG — Countries Include:&#039;&#039;&#039; ISO alpha-2 codes, semicolon-separated; fill only if the right is limited to specific countries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AH — Countries Exclude:&#039;&#039;&#039; ISO alpha-2 codes, semicolon-separated; fill only if the right excludes specific countries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AI — Languages Include:&#039;&#039;&#039; fill only if the right is limited to specific languages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AJ — Languages Exclude:&#039;&#039;&#039; fill only if the right excludes specific languages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AK — Status (Held/Sold):&#039;&#039;&#039; PubGizmo will assume &#039;&#039;Held&#039;&#039; if blank.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AL — If Sold, Org Sold To:&#039;&#039;&#039; name of the organization that holds this right if Status is &amp;quot;Sold&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — must exactly match an organization name on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AM — Expires (date):&#039;&#039;&#039; optional expiry date in YYYY-MM-DD format.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Column AN — If Expires, Renewable:&#039;&#039;&#039; enter &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; if the right can be renewed after expiry.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=164</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Titles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=164"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:56:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Column F — Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Titles sheet is the foundation of your import. Every edition, contract, and sales record in PubGizmo is tied to a title, so it is important to get this sheet right before working on the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the title of the work in its natural reading order (e.g., &#039;&#039;A Tidy Armageddon&#039;&#039;). PubGizmo parses leading articles (&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;An&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;) automatically for sorting purposes, so you do not need to move the article to the end. All title entries must be unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — The title as entered here must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Editions|Editions]] and [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheets. When entering a title on those sheets, use only the title — do not include the subtitle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — Subtitle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the subtitle here if the title has one. Do not include the subtitle in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the imprint under which this title was published, if your press uses imprints. If your press publishes all titles under the same imprint or press name, you may leave this blank or enter your press name consistently throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — Genre ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the genre or genres for this title. Separate multiple genres with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039; PubGizmo will add any genre(s) you enter to your master genre value list. Be consistent — if you call it &amp;quot;Science Fiction&amp;quot; for one title, do not call it &amp;quot;SciFi&amp;quot; for another, or you will end up with both in your selector list. &amp;quot;Nonfiction&amp;quot; (or &amp;quot;Non-fiction&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Non fiction&amp;quot;) is the most common consistency trap — pick one form and use it throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter keywords for this title, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma). You can learn more about how keywords help you group and find titles by theme and content on the [[Keywords]] wiki page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the title&#039;s description, blurb, or back-cover copy. Embedded formatting from pasted text will be lost, but you can employ basic HTML tags (e.g., &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;) if needed for italics or emphasis within the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — BISAC Code Primary ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the primary BISAC subject code for this title, if you have one. BISAC codes are available from the [https://www.bisg.org/bisac-subject-codes Book Industry Study Group (BISG)]. Example: &#039;&#039;FIC028070&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — BISAC2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a second BISAC subject code if the title warrants additional classification. Leave blank if one code is sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — BISAC3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a third BISAC subject code if applicable. A maximum of three BISAC codes are supported across Columns G, H, and I. Leave blank if not needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — BISAC Regional Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a BISAC Regional Theme code if applicable. Regional Themes are a separate BISAC vocabulary indicating geographic focus — for example, a book specifically about or set in a particular region. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;4.0.2.1.0.0.0&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — BISAC Merchandizing Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter one or more BISAC Merchandizing Theme codes if applicable. These are used by retailers to place titles into promotional or display categories beyond the primary subject classification. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;ET034&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column L — Thema ===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.editeur.org/151/Thema/ Thema] is an international subject classification scheme used in ONIX metadata. Enter one or more Thema codes if your press uses them, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;FLQ;1KBZTP;3MRBF&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contacts&amp;diff=163</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Contacts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contacts&amp;diff=163"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:54:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude re-edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts sheet records individual people associated with your titles and contracts — authors, translators, editors, literary agents, estate executors, and so on. Each row represents one person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Honorific ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the contact&#039;s honorific or title (e.g., &#039;&#039;Mr&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Ms&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Dr&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Prof&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — Pronouns ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the contact&#039;s preferred pronouns (e.g., &#039;&#039;she/her/hers&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;he/him/his&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;they/them/theirs&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — First Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the contact&#039;s &#039;&#039;legal&#039;&#039; (the name you would make a cheque out to) first name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — Middle Name / Initial ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the contact&#039;s middle name or initial if relevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — Last Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the contact&#039;s legal last name.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — The contact&#039;s name (as assembled from First Name and Last Name) must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheet wherever this person appears as a contract holder or estate contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — Pen Name(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the contact publishes under a name or names other than their legal name (i.e., a [[wikipedia:Pen_name|pen name, pseudonym, or &#039;&#039;nom de plume&#039;&#039;]]), enter those names here. Separate multiple pen names with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the name of an affiliated organization only if it is relevant to this contact&#039;s data. For example, if this contact is a literary agent, enter the name of their agency here. PubGizmo will create the Organization record and link it to this contact automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — If this organization also appears on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet, the name must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — Contact&#039;s Role at Org ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have entered an organization in Column G, indicate what role this person holds there (e.g., &#039;&#039;Literary Agent&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Director&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Rights Manager&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — Primary Email ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the contact&#039;s primary email address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — Primary Phone ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the contact&#039;s primary phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — Website ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the contact&#039;s website URL, including the protocol (e.g., &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column L — Address Line 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the first line of the contact&#039;s mailing address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column M — Address Line 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the second line of the mailing address (suite, apartment number, c/o, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column N — City ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column O — Prov / State ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the province or state. For Canadian provinces and US states, use the standard two-letter abbreviation (e.g., &#039;&#039;BC&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ON&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;NY&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;CA&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column P — Postal Code ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the postal or ZIP code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column Q — Country Code ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the two-letter [[wikipedia:ISO_3166-1_alpha-2|ISO 3166-1 alpha-2]] country code (e.g., &#039;&#039;CA&#039;&#039; for Canada, &#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039; for United States).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column R — Category ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the contact&#039;s category or primary role in relation to your press (e.g., &#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Translator&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Illustrator&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;). Be consistent with spelling — these values will populate your Contact Category selector in PubGizmo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column S — Bio ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter a short biographical note for this contact. Embedded formatting from pasted text will be lost, but you can employ basic HTML tags (&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt; for italics, etc.) for formatting.&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column T — Deceased ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; if this contact is deceased. Leave blank if the contact is living.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column U — Estate Contact ===&lt;br /&gt;
If Column T is marked deceased, enter the full name of the person who manages the estate, acts as executor, or is the beneficiary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This name must exactly match the first and last name of another contact as entered on this sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column V — Estate Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the estate is managed by an organization rather than (or in addition to) an individual, enter the organization&#039;s name here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — If this organization appears on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet, the name must match exactly.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Organizations&amp;diff=162</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Organizations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Organizations&amp;diff=162"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:50:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude re-edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organizations sheet records companies, agencies, estates, and other non-person entities that appear in your data — literary agencies, sub-licensees, rights-holding organizations, and so on. Each row represents one organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You do not need to pre-populate this sheet with every organization you work with. If a contact record on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] sheet includes an organization name in Column G, PubGizmo will create the Organization record from that data automatically. Use this sheet for organizations that have no associated contact, or for organizations where you want to supply additional detail directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the full, official name of the organization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — The organization name as entered here must be matched exactly wherever it appears on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] and [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — Primary Email ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the organization&#039;s primary email address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — Primary Phone ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the organization&#039;s primary phone number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — Website ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the organization&#039;s website URL, including the protocol (e.g., &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — Address Line 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the first line of the organization&#039;s mailing address.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — Address Line 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the second line of the mailing address (suite number, floor, c/o, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — City ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the city.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — Prov / State ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the province or state. For Canadian provinces and US states, use the standard two-letter abbreviation (e.g., &#039;&#039;BC&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ON&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;NY&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;CA&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — Postal Code ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the postal or ZIP code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — Country Code ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the two-letter [[wikipedia:ISO_3166-1_alpha-2|ISO 3166-1 alpha-2]] country code (e.g., &#039;&#039;CA&#039;&#039; for Canada, &#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039; for United States).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — Category ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the type or category of this organization (e.g., &#039;&#039;Literary Agency&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Distributor&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Estate&#039;&#039;). Be consistent with spelling — these values will populate your Organization Category selector in PubGizmo.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Editions&amp;diff=161</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Editions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Editions&amp;diff=161"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:48:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude re-edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Editions sheet records each published format of a title — paperback, hardcover, ePub, audiobook, etc. Each row represents one edition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — This must exactly match the title as entered in Column A of the [[Onboarding Import: Titles|Titles]] sheet. Use the title only — do not include the subtitle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — ISBN ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the ISBN-13 for this edition. Import will accept valid ISBN-13s with or without dashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — Edition Format ===&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify data entry, PubGizmo uses &#039;&#039;&#039;Royalty Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;, which each cover a subset of Edition Formats. The default out-of-the-box definitions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Royalty Group&lt;br /&gt;
!Edition Formats Included&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Print&lt;br /&gt;
|Paperback, Hardcover&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electronic&lt;br /&gt;
|ePub, PDF, MOBI&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Audio&lt;br /&gt;
|Audiobook&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
You can fully customize Royalty Group and Edition Format names and groupings to suit your press&#039;s needs. Your import sheet should reflect your definitions. &#039;&#039;&#039;Please let us know how you plan to set these up before we import your data.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entries in this column must exactly match the Edition Format names as defined in your PubGizmo instance, or the defaults above if you are not customizing them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — List Price 1 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the primary list price for this edition as a number, without a currency symbol (e.g., &#039;&#039;26.95&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — List Price 1 Currency ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the three-letter ISO currency code for List Price 1 (e.g., &#039;&#039;CAD&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;USD&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — List Price 1 Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the region for which List Price 1 applies. Use the region names defined on the [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheet (e.g., &#039;&#039;Canada&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;World&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;CA Foreign&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — List Price 2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a second list price if this edition is sold at different prices in different markets (e.g., a separate US price). Leave blank if the edition has only one list price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — List Price 2 Currency ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the ISO currency code for List Price 2 (e.g., &#039;&#039;USD&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — List Price 2 Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the region for which List Price 2 applies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — Publication Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the publication date for this edition in &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039; format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — Units Sold to Last Statement ===&lt;br /&gt;
Royalty rates that include an escalation clause are based on cumulative units sold. If PubGizmo is not receiving historical sales data via import, it needs to know how many copies were previously sold in order to compute escalation correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in this column if &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; of the following are true:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The applicable contract includes an escalation clause, &#039;&#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# You are &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; going to import previous sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are importing historical sales sheets, leave this column blank — PubGizmo will calculate the cumulative total from those records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column L — Net Sales to Last Statement ===&lt;br /&gt;
The cumulative net revenue earned by this edition up to and including the last royalty statement completed before onboarding. This is the dollar-value counterpart to &#039;&#039;&#039;Units Sold to Last Statement&#039;&#039;&#039; (Column K), and is used when a contract requires PubGizmo to carry forward a pre-existing royalty balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apply the same rule as Column K: fill in only if both conditions are met (escalation clause applies, and you are not importing historical sales data). Leave blank if you are importing historical sales sheets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column M — Effective Date ===&lt;br /&gt;
The date through which the values in Columns K and L are valid — in other words, the last day of the most recent royalty period completed before onboarding. PubGizmo uses this date to determine where inherited totals end and where its own tracking begins. Format: &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Leave blank if Columns K and L are also blank.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=160</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Titles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=160"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:47:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude re-edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Titles sheet is the foundation of your import. Every edition, contract, and sales record in PubGizmo is tied to a title, so it is important to get this sheet right before working on the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column A — Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the title of the work in its natural reading order (e.g., &#039;&#039;A Tidy Armageddon&#039;&#039;). PubGizmo parses leading articles (&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;An&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;) automatically for sorting purposes, so you do not need to move the article to the end. All title entries must be unique.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color: #E6A817;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Match Warning&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; — The title as entered here must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Editions|Editions]] and [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheets. When entering a title on those sheets, use only the title — do not include the subtitle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column B — Subtitle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the subtitle here if the title has one. Do not include the subtitle in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column C — Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the imprint under which this title was published, if your press uses imprints. If your press publishes all titles under the same imprint or press name, you may leave this blank or enter your press name consistently throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column D — Genre ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the genre or genres for this title. Separate multiple genres with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039; PubGizmo will add any genre(s) you enter to your master genre value list. Be consistent — if you call it &amp;quot;Science Fiction&amp;quot; for one title, do not call it &amp;quot;SciFi&amp;quot; for another, or you will end up with both in your selector list. &amp;quot;Nonfiction&amp;quot; (or &amp;quot;Non-fiction&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Non fiction&amp;quot;) is the most common consistency trap — pick one form and use it throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column E — Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter keywords for this title, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma). You can learn more about how keywords help you group and find titles by theme and content on the [[Keywords]] wiki page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column F — Description ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the title&#039;s description, blurb, or back-cover copy. Plain text is preferred; basic HTML tags (e.g., &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;i&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;) are accepted if needed for italics or emphasis within the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column G — BISAC Code Primary ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the primary BISAC subject code for this title, if you have one. BISAC codes are available from the [https://www.bisg.org/bisac-subject-codes Book Industry Study Group (BISG)]. Example: &#039;&#039;FIC028070&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column H — BISAC2 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a second BISAC subject code if the title warrants additional classification. Leave blank if one code is sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column I — BISAC3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a third BISAC subject code if applicable. A maximum of three BISAC codes are supported across Columns G, H, and I. Leave blank if not needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column J — BISAC Regional Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a BISAC Regional Theme code if applicable. Regional Themes are a separate BISAC vocabulary indicating geographic focus — for example, a book specifically about or set in a particular region. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;4.0.2.1.0.0.0&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column K — BISAC Merchandizing Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter one or more BISAC Merchandizing Theme codes if applicable. These are used by retailers to place titles into promotional or display categories beyond the primary subject classification. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;ET034&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Column L — Thema ===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.editeur.org/151/Thema/ Thema] is an international subject classification scheme used in ONIX metadata. Enter one or more Thema codes if your press uses them, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Example: &#039;&#039;FLQ;1KBZTP;3MRBF&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contracts&amp;diff=159</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Contracts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contracts&amp;diff=159"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T23:33:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude conversion from PG site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contracts sheet is the most complex of the five sheets. Read this page carefully before you begin. Each contract is represented by one or more rows, structured in a specific hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How the Sheet Is Structured ==&lt;br /&gt;
You build the contract list from the top down, row by row. The &#039;&#039;&#039;Element&#039;&#039;&#039; column (column A) determines how each row is interpreted. The order of contracts does not matter, but it is essential that rows belonging to a contract are kept together, immediately below their &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; row, without any gap.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Do not enter data in rows with a dark grey shade — that data will be ignored. Fields are colour-coded by element type to indicate what kind of data to enter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Element Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Element&#039;&#039;&#039; column defines what each row represents:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Contract/Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; — The first row of each contract. Columns C–T contain data covering the entire contract, plus the data for the first clause (usually the print edition clause).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Clause&#039;&#039;&#039; — Additional clauses on the contract above. One row per additional clause.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039; — A subsidiary right associated with the contract above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for the Entire Contract ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contract Holder Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
The entity who signed the contract — generally an author, but could be a translator or an organization (in the case of a publisher sub-licencing a title).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; Names must exactly match those on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] or [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet, as applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For &#039;&#039;&#039;multiple contract holders on a single contract&#039;&#039;&#039; (i.e., the same terms apply to all signatories, and they will receive one combined royalty payment), separate names with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;. Each named person will receive a copy of the royalty statement with all names listed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For &#039;&#039;&#039;individual contracts&#039;&#039;&#039; (one per contributor, different terms for each), enter each as a separate Contract/Clause row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Contract Holder Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter either:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;&#039;&#039; — the holder is a person (with a record on the Contacts sheet)&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Org&#039;&#039;&#039; — the holder is an organization&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Role ===&lt;br /&gt;
If a title has multiple contracts (e.g., one for the author, one for the translator), enter each as a separate Contract/Clause row and be sure to indicate the &#039;&#039;&#039;Role&#039;&#039;&#039; for each (e.g., &#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Translator&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advance and Advance Remaining ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have entered an &#039;&#039;&#039;Advance&#039;&#039;&#039; amount, always also enter the &#039;&#039;&#039;Advance Remaining&#039;&#039;&#039;, even if it is $0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages Included ===&lt;br /&gt;
Leave blank (or enter &#039;&#039;All&#039;&#039;) if the contract covers all languages. If the contract covers specific languages only, list them here, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Languages Excluded ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter languages here only if the contract specifically excludes them. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for Clauses ==&lt;br /&gt;
Each clause row represents the terms for a specific edition format or royalty group on this contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Royalty Group or Edition Format ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter one of the following. Royalty Groups (&#039;&#039;&#039;bold&#039;&#039;&#039;) are most commonly used; use the specific Edition Format (&#039;&#039;italics&#039;&#039;) only if you have different terms for, e.g., Paperback vs Hardcover:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Print&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Electronic&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Audio&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Paperback&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Hardcover&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;ePub&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;PDF&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;MOBI&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;Audiobook&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
Indicate one region per clause row, using the exact names below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-defined continents&#039;&#039;&#039; (countries per the [[wikipedia:Continent|seven-continent model]]):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Africa&lt;br /&gt;
* Asia&lt;br /&gt;
* Europe&lt;br /&gt;
* North America&lt;br /&gt;
* South America&lt;br /&gt;
* World (all countries)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Pre-defined special regions:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* CA Foreign — all countries except Canada&lt;br /&gt;
* Canada&lt;br /&gt;
* Canada &amp;amp; US&lt;br /&gt;
* United States&lt;br /&gt;
* US Foreign — all countries except the United States&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Custom regions:&#039;&#039;&#039; You may define your own regions using unique names not listed above, assembled from any combination of countries. Let us know about any custom regions before import so we can define them in your PubGizmo instance. Countries use their official [[wikipedia:ISO_3166-1_alpha-2|ISO 3166-1 alpha-2]] two-letter code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your press uses unconventional definitions for the pre-defined regions above (e.g., your &amp;quot;North America&amp;quot; means CA and US only), please let us know before import so we can adjust accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rate and Escalation Tiers ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the base rate in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; column. If the clause includes escalation, fill in each additional tier with the &amp;quot;starts at&amp;quot; unit count (the number of sales at which the rate escalates) and the rate for that tier. Fill in only as many tier columns as your contract requires.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Esc Count Sales from Region ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter a region name (from the list above) to indicate which region&#039;s sales will be counted toward the escalation threshold. Most presses use &#039;&#039;&#039;World&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Esc Count Sales of Royalty Group or Edition Format ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fill in only if the clause includes escalation.&#039;&#039; Enter a royalty group name from the list in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Royalty Group or Edition Format&#039;&#039;&#039; section above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== End Date for Pre-PubGizmo Royalties ===&lt;br /&gt;
The last day for which royalties on this clause were completed outside of PubGizmo — in other words, the final day of the last statement period handled before onboarding. PubGizmo inherits the carry-forward values (units sold and net sales to last statement, as entered on the [[Onboarding Import: Editions|Editions]] sheet) for this clause, and begins its own royalty tracking on the day immediately following this date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Format: &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039;. Leave blank if there are no pre-existing royalty totals to carry forward for this clause.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Columns for Subsidiary Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add a &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039; row below a contract to record a subsidiary right on that contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subsidiary Right Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
The name of the right, e.g., &#039;&#039;Audio Rights&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Book Clubs&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Serialization&#039;&#039;. Be consistent with spelling — these values will populate your subsidiary rights selector in PubGizmo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The percentage of the sale amount the contractee receives when this right is exercised. For example, if Audio Rights are sold for $1,000 and the rate is 50%, the contractee receives $500 on their next statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Be careful that the combined rates across all contractees for a title do not exceed 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Informational Columns (not yet calculated) ===&lt;br /&gt;
The following columns are currently informational only. PubGizmo does not yet factor these into rights-share calculations on royalty statements, but they will be incorporated in a future release:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Include&#039;&#039;&#039; — ISO alpha-2 codes, semicolon-separated; fill only if the right is limited to specific countries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Countries Exclude&#039;&#039;&#039; — ISO alpha-2 codes, semicolon-separated; fill only if the right excludes specific countries.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages Include&#039;&#039;&#039; — fill only if the right is limited to specific languages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages Exclude&#039;&#039;&#039; — fill only if the right excludes specific languages.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Status (Held/Sold)&#039;&#039;&#039; — PubGizmo will assume &#039;&#039;Held&#039;&#039; if blank.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If Sold, Org sold to&#039;&#039;&#039; — name of the organization holding this right; &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; must exactly match an organization name on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Expires (date)&#039;&#039;&#039; — optional expiry date, format YYYY-MM-DD.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;If Expires, enter &amp;quot;1&amp;quot; if renewable&#039;&#039;&#039; — fill in if the right can be renewed after expiry.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contacts&amp;diff=158</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Contacts</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Contacts&amp;diff=158"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T23:27:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude conversion from PG site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Contacts sheet records individual people associated with your titles and contracts — authors, translators, editors, literary agents, estate executors, and so on. Each row represents one person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== First Name, Last Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use the contact&#039;s real or legal name — the name you would make a cheque out to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; The contact&#039;s name as entered here must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheet wherever this person appears as a contract holder or estate contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Pen Name(s) ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the contact publishes under a name or names other than their legal name (i.e., a [[wikipedia:Pen_name|pen name, pseudonym, or &#039;&#039;nom de plume&#039;&#039;]]), enter those names here. Separate multiple pen names with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the name of an affiliated organization only if it is relevant to this contact&#039;s data. For example, if this contact is a literary agent, enter the name of their agency here. PubGizmo will create the Organization record and link it to this contact automatically.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; If this organization also appears on the [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]] sheet, the name must match exactly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also fill in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Contact&#039;s Role at Org&#039;&#039;&#039; column to indicate what role this person holds at that organization (e.g., &#039;&#039;Literary Agent&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Director&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deceased ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;1&#039;&#039;&#039; if this contact is deceased. If applicable, also fill in one or both of the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Estate Contact:&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the person (another contact record) who manages the estate or acts as executor or beneficiary.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Estate Organization:&#039;&#039;&#039; If the estate is managed by an organization rather than an individual, enter the organization&#039;s name here.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Organizations&amp;diff=157</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Organizations</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Organizations&amp;diff=157"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T23:26:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude conversion from PG site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Organizations sheet records companies, agencies, estates, and other non-person entities that appear in your data — literary agencies, sub-licensees, rights-holding organizations, and so on. PubGizmo will use this sheet to create Organization records and, where applicable, link them to contacts from the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You do not need to pre-populate this sheet with every organization you work with. If a contact record on the Contacts sheet includes an organization name, PubGizmo will create the Organization record from that data automatically. Use this sheet for organizations that have no associated contact, or for organizations where you want to supply additional detail directly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the full, official name of the organization. &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; The organization name as entered here must be matched exactly wherever it appears on the [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts]] and [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Organization Type ===&lt;br /&gt;
Indicate the type of organization, e.g., &#039;&#039;Literary Agency&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Distributor&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Estate&#039;&#039;. These values will populate your Organization Type selector in PubGizmo — be consistent with spelling and capitalization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Address, City, Province/State, Postal Code, Country ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the organization&#039;s mailing address. Country should use the two-letter [[wikipedia:ISO_3166-1_alpha-2|ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 code]] (e.g., &#039;&#039;CA&#039;&#039; for Canada, &#039;&#039;US&#039;&#039; for United States).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Website ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Enter the full URL including the protocol, e.g., &#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://www.example.com&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Notes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Optional. Any brief notes relevant to this organization. As with all cells, do not enter information here that belongs in another column.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Editions&amp;diff=156</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Editions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Editions&amp;diff=156"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T23:24:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude conversion from PG site&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Editions sheet records each published format of a title — paperback, hardcover, ePub, audiobook, etc. Each row represents one edition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; This must exactly match the title as entered on the [[Onboarding Import: Titles|Titles]] sheet. Use the title only — do not include the subtitle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== ISBN ===&lt;br /&gt;
Import will accept valid ISBN-13s with or without dashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Edition Format ===&lt;br /&gt;
To simplify data entry, PubGizmo uses &#039;&#039;&#039;Royalty Groups&#039;&#039;&#039;, which each cover a subset of Edition Formats. The default out-of-the-box definitions are:&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!Royalty Group&lt;br /&gt;
!Edition Formats Included&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Print&lt;br /&gt;
|Paperback, Hardcover&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Electronic&lt;br /&gt;
|ePub, PDF, MOBI&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Audio&lt;br /&gt;
|Audiobook&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
You can fully customize Royalty Group and Edition Format names and groupings to suit your press&#039;s needs. Your import sheet should reflect your definitions. &#039;&#039;&#039;Please let us know how you plan to set these up before we import your data.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entries in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Edition Format&#039;&#039;&#039; column must exactly match the names as defined in your PubGizmo instance (or the defaults above, if you are not customizing them).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Units Sold to Last Statement ===&lt;br /&gt;
Royalty rates that include an escalation clause are based on cumulative units sold. If PubGizmo is not receiving historical sales data via import, it needs to know how many copies were previously sold in order to compute escalation correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fill in this column if &#039;&#039;&#039;both&#039;&#039;&#039; of the following are true:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The applicable contract includes an escalation clause, &#039;&#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# You are &#039;&#039;&#039;not&#039;&#039;&#039; going to import previous sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are importing historical sales sheets, leave this column blank — PubGizmo will calculate the cumulative total from those records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Net Sales to Last Statement ===&lt;br /&gt;
The cumulative net revenue earned by this edition up to and including the last royalty statement completed before onboarding. This is the dollar-value counterpart to &#039;&#039;&#039;Units Sold to Last Statement&#039;&#039;&#039;, and is used alongside it when a contract requires PubGizmo to carry forward a pre-existing royalty balance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apply the same rule as above: fill in this column only if both conditions are met (escalation clause applies, and you are not importing historical sales data). Leave blank if you are importing historical sales sheets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Effective Date (for Units Sold and Net Sales columns) ===&lt;br /&gt;
The date through which the values in the two preceding columns are valid — in other words, the last day of the most recent royalty period completed before onboarding. PubGizmo uses this date to determine where inherited totals end and where its own tracking begins. Format: &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=155</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Titles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Titles&amp;diff=155"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T23:20:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&#039;&#039;Part of the [[Onboarding Import: Introduction|Onboarding Import]] series.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Titles sheet is the foundation of your import. Every edition, contract, and sales record in PubGizmo is tied to a title, so it&#039;s important to get this sheet right before working on the others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Column Notes ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Title ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter titles exactly as it appears on the book, including the leading article (&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;An&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;The&#039;&#039;), for example &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;A Tidy Armageddon&amp;quot;,&#039;&#039; not &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;Tidy Armageddon, A&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. PubGizmo will parse this as needed for indexing and metadata.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All title entries must be unique and appear only once on this sheet – no duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; The title as entered here is the value that must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Editions|Editions]] and [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheets. When entering a title on those sheets, use only the title — do not include the subtitle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Subtitle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the subtitle here if the title has one. Do not include the subtitle in the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Author Name ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the primary author&#039;s name. &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING:&#039;&#039;&#039; The author name as entered here must be matched exactly on the [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]] sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Genre ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter multiple genres in a single cell; separate them with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Important:&#039;&#039; PubGizmo will add any genre(s) you enter to your master genre value list. Be consistent — if you call it &amp;quot;Science Fiction&amp;quot; for one title, do not call it &amp;quot;SciFi&amp;quot; for another, or you will end up with both in your selector list. &amp;quot;Nonfiction&amp;quot; (or &amp;quot;Non-fiction&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Non fiction&amp;quot;) is the most common consistency trap — pick one form and use it throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Keywords ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter multiple keywords in a single cell, separated by a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (not a comma). You can learn more about how keywords help you group and find titles on the [[Keywords]] wiki page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BISAC Code Primary, BISAC2, BISAC3 ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter BISAC subject codes if you have them, one code per column, in priority order. Most titles will have one or two; a maximum of three is supported. Leave unused columns blank. BISAC codes are available from the [https://www.bisg.org/bisac-subject-codes Book Industry Study Group (BISG)].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BISAC Regional Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the BISAC Regional Theme code if applicable. Regional Themes are a separate BISAC vocabulary used to indicate geographic focus (e.g., a book specifically about or set in a particular region). Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== BISAC Merchandizing Themes ===&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the BISAC Merchandizing Theme code(s) if applicable. These are used by retailers to place titles into promotional or display categories beyond the primary subject classification. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Thema ===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.editeur.org/151/Thema/ Thema] is an international subject classification scheme used in ONIX metadata. Enter one or more Thema codes if your press uses them. Separate multiple entries with a &#039;&#039;&#039;semicolon&#039;&#039;&#039; (e.g., &#039;&#039;FLQ;1KBZTP;3MRBF&#039;&#039;).&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=154</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Introduction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=154"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T22:53:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: Claude helped&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The first step towards experiencing the ease of using PubGizmo is probably the least fun: prepping for import your press’s data, including the titles, contacts (authors, translators, literary agents, etc.), editions, contracts, and optionally, previous sales numbers. While you could manually enter everything, importing will be faster, less work, and more accurate, especially if your dataset is large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Get Your Data into Spreadsheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo imports your data from spreadsheets, which you may already use to manage your data. Most software will export to Excel or tab- or comma-delimited formats, which we can also work from. We have templates to get you started organizing everything in the correct format and columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Google Sheets:&#039;&#039;&#039; we prefer working directly in Google Sheets, because you can share them with us, and we can test-import these. If there are minor issues, we make the edits on the sheets themselves, and try again — less back-and-forth than emailing Excel sheets. Google Sheets are also free. &#039;&#039;&#039;How to create a set of sheets to work from:&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1jEE9ncPXJe22Bui67DiOHrn_2AALIxlofjMZjLZMrjs/edit?gid=781849022#gid=781849022 Open the template here], then go &#039;&#039;&#039;File &amp;gt; Make a Copy&#039;&#039;&#039; to create your own document on Google Drive to work from.&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Microsoft Excel:&#039;&#039;&#039; you can also work directly in Excel and email us the sheets. Use the link above to open the Google Sheet, then select &#039;&#039;&#039;File &amp;gt; Download &amp;gt; Microsoft Excel (.xlsx)&#039;&#039;&#039; to save a copy to your Downloads folder, which you can then open in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Version Are You Using? ===&lt;br /&gt;
When you submit your sheets, please indicate the version. The sheets available via the link above are currently &#039;&#039;&#039;Version 1.92&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prepare Five Google/Excel Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
Each sheet has its own documentation page. Please read the page for each sheet carefully before you begin entering data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Titles|Titles]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Editions|Editions]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Organizations|Organizations]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Contacts|Contacts (people)]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [[Onboarding Import: Contracts|Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Need Help? ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com email us] at any time for help with formatting your sheets. Share your work with us at any time in the process (by using the share function in Google Sheets, or emailing your Excel files) so we can ensure you&#039;re going in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules for All Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill each cell with only relevant, specified data — &#039;&#039;&#039;do not add notes or unspecified information into any cell&#039;&#039;&#039;. What you put in the sheets is exactly what will end up in PubGizmo. If you have questions or comments to add, [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com email us].&lt;br /&gt;
# Use date format &#039;&#039;&#039;YYYY-MM-DD&#039;&#039;&#039; (Google Sheets/Excel may reformat these to match your computer&#039;s format settings — this is okay).&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Be relentlessly consistent with spelling and capitalization.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because computers are extremely literal, data used to match information across sheets must match exactly. For example, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; column on the Editions sheet must perfectly match the title as it appears on the Titles sheet, or the import process will fail to find a match. You will see the words &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; in the documentation for each sheet to indicate that the data you enter there must perfectly match the data entered on another sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding Data in Future ==&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend importing all your existing data in one go, before you start using PubGizmo — it&#039;s easier and will save you time down the road. But we recognize that isn&#039;t always possible or practical. You have a couple of options if you need to get some data aboard urgently to start producing royalty statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add Data in PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing you enter in the sheets cannot also be entered and edited manually inside PubGizmo. Once you&#039;re aboard and using the system, you&#039;ll populate it with new data directly by adding and editing records. For example, when your press publishes a new title, you&#039;ll add it in the Titles module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Partial Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have bulk data to import that didn&#039;t make it into your initial sheets, you can create a new set of sheets and populate them per the current instructions (make sure you use the latest template, as it continuously evolves). Just let us know that you intend to do this, and send us a link to your Google Sheets as you go, or once the sheets are ready for import.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=153</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Introduction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=153"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T22:35:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The first step towards experiencing the ease of using PubGizmo is probably the least fun: prepping for import your press’s data, including the titles, contacts (authors, translators, literary agents, etc.), editions, contracts, and optionally, previous sales numbers. While you could manually enter everything, importing will be faster, less work, and more accurate, especially if your dataset is large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Get Your Data into Spreadsheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo imports your data from spreadsheets, which you may already use to manage your data. Most software will export to Excel or tab- or comma-delimited formats, which we can also work from. We have templates to get you started organizing everything in the correct format and columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Google Sheets: we prefer working directly in Google Sheets, because you can share them with us, and we can test import these. If there are minor issues, we make the edits on the sheets themselves, and try again. Less back-and-forth than option 2, emailing Excel sheets. Google Sheets are free. &#039;&#039;&#039;How to create a set of sheets to work from:&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1jEE9ncPXJe22Bui67DiOHrn_2AALIxlofjMZjLZMrjs/edit?gid=781849022#gid=781849022 Open the template here], then go File &amp;gt; Make a Copy to create your own document on Google Drive to work from.&lt;br /&gt;
# Microsoft Excel: you can also work directly in Excel, and email us the sheets. Use the link above to the Google Sheet, and when you have it open, select File &amp;gt; Download &amp;gt; Microsoft Excel (.xlxs). This will save a copy in your Downloads folder, which you can then open in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Version Are You Using? ===&lt;br /&gt;
When you submit your sheets, please indicate the version. The set of sheets you create using the link above download today are &#039;&#039;&#039;Version 1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prepare Five Google/Excel Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Titles&lt;br /&gt;
# Editions&lt;br /&gt;
# Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
# Contacts (people)&lt;br /&gt;
# Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Need Help? ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can email us at any time for help with formatting your sheets. Share your work with us at any time in the process (by using the share function in Google Sheets, or emailing your Excel files) so we can ensure you’re going in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules for All All Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the column order&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill each cell only relevant, specified data only, i.e., &#039;&#039;do not add notes or unspecified info into any cell&#039;&#039;; what you are putting in the sheets is exactly what will end up in PubGizmo. If you have any questions or comments to add, [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com email us].&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to use date format YYYY-DD-MM (Google Sheets/Excel may reformat these to match your computer’s format settings – this is okay)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Be relentlessly consistent with spelling and capitalization.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Because computers are literal, data used to match information on different sheets must exactly match. For example, the Title column on the Editions sheet must perfectly match the title as it appears on the Titles sheet, or the import process will throw a fit when it doesn&#039;t find an exact match for that title from the Titles sheet. You will see the words &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; in the documentation for each sheet to indicate that the data you enter here must perfectly match the data entered on another sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding Data in Future ==&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend that you import all your existing data in one go, before you start using PubGizmo – it&#039;s easier, and will save you time down the road. But we recognize that isn&#039;t always possible or practical. You have a couple of options if you need to urgently get some data aboard to start producing royalty statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add Data in PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing you enter in the sheets cannot be entered and edited manually inside PubGizmo. In fact, once you&#039;re aboard, and you&#039;ve started using PubGizmo, you&#039;ll populate it with new data directly, by adding and editing records. For example, when your press publishes a new title, you&#039;ll add it in the Titles module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Partial Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have bulk data to import, e.g., for expediency you did not get all your data into the initial Google Sheets/Excel import, you can create a new set of sheets and populate them per the current instructions (on this page; make sure you use the latest steps and import sheets, as these continuously evolve) as you did your initial sheets. Just let us know that you intend to do this, and send us a link to your Google Sheets as you go, or once the sheets are ready for import.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=152</id>
		<title>Onboarding Import: Introduction</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Onboarding_Import:_Introduction&amp;diff=152"/>
		<updated>2026-06-04T22:28:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The first step towards experiencing the ease of using PubGizmo is probably the least fun: prepping for import your press’s data, including the titles, contacts (authors, translators, literary agents, etc.), editions, contracts, and optionally, previous sales numbers. While you could manually enter everything, importing will be faster, less work, and more accurate, especially if your dataset is large.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Get Your Data into Spreadsheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo imports your data from spreadsheets, which you may already use to manage your data. Most software will export to Excel or tab- or comma-delimited formats, which we can also work from. We have templates to get you started organizing everything in the correct format and columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Google Sheets: we prefer working directly in Google Sheets, because you can share them with us, and we can test import these. If there are minor issues, we make the edits on the sheets themselves, and try again. Less back-and-forth than option 2, emailing Excel sheets. Google Sheets are free. &#039;&#039;&#039;How to create a set of sheets to work from:&#039;&#039;&#039; [https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1jEE9ncPXJe22Bui67DiOHrn_2AALIxlofjMZjLZMrjs/edit?gid=781849022#gid=781849022 Open the template here], then go File &amp;gt; Make a Copy to create your own document on Google Drive to work from.&lt;br /&gt;
# Microsoft Excel: you can also work directly in Excel, and email us the sheets. Use the link above to the Google Sheet, and when you have it open, select File &amp;gt; Download &amp;gt; Microsoft Excel (.xlxs). This will save a copy in your Downloads folder, which you can then open in Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== What Version Are You Using? ===&lt;br /&gt;
When you submit your sheets, please indicate the version. The set of sheets you create using the link above download today are &#039;&#039;&#039;Version 1.9&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prepare Five Google/Excel Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Titles&lt;br /&gt;
# Editions&lt;br /&gt;
# Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
# Contacts (people)&lt;br /&gt;
# Contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Need Help? ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can email us at any time for help with formatting your sheets. Share your work with us at any time in the process (by using the share function in Google Sheets, or emailing your Excel files) so we can ensure you’re going in the right direction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rules for All All Sheets ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Maintain the column order&lt;br /&gt;
# Fill each cell only relevant, specified data only, i.e., &#039;&#039;do not add notes or unspecified info into any cell&#039;&#039;; what you are putting in the sheets is exactly what will end up in PubGizmo. If you have any questions or comments to add, [mailto:queries@pubgizmo.com email us].&lt;br /&gt;
# Try to use date format YYYY-DD-MM (Google Sheets/Excel may reformat these to match your computer’s format settings – this is okay)&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;&#039;Be relentlessly consistent with spelling and capitalization&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Because computers are literal, data used to match information on different sheets must exactly match. For example, the Title column on the Editions sheet must perfectly match the title as it appears on the Titles sheet, or the import process will throw a fit when it doesn&#039;t find an exact match for that title from the Titles sheet. You will see the words &#039;&#039;&#039;MATCH WARNING&#039;&#039;&#039; in the documentation for each sheet to indicate that the data you enter here must perfectly match the data entered on another sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding Data in Future ==&lt;br /&gt;
We recommend that you import all your existing data in one go, before you start using PubGizmo – it&#039;s easier, and will save you time down the road. But we recognize that isn&#039;t always possible or practical. You have a couple of options if you need to urgently get some data aboard to start producing royalty statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Add Data in PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Nothing you enter in the sheets cannot be entered and edited manually inside PubGizmo. In fact, once you&#039;re aboard, and you&#039;ve started using PubGizmo, you&#039;ll populate it with new data directly, by adding and editing records. For example, when your press publishes a new title, you&#039;ll add it in the Titles module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Partial Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
If you have bulk data to import, e.g., for expediency you did not get all your data into the initial Google Sheets/Excel import, you can create a new set of sheets and populate them per the current instructions (on this page; make sure you use the latest steps and import sheets, as these continuously evolve) as you did your initial sheets. Just let us know that you intend to do this, and send us a link to your Google Sheets as you go, or once the sheets are ready for import.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Configuring,_Recording,_and_Disbursing_Subsidiary_Rights&amp;diff=151</id>
		<title>Configuring, Recording, and Disbursing Subsidiary Rights</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Configuring,_Recording,_and_Disbursing_Subsidiary_Rights&amp;diff=151"/>
		<updated>2026-02-09T21:19:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Example */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;PubGizmo can handle Subsidiary Rights on Contracts, allowing you to collect and record rights payments as they come in. It will then calculate and add amounts due, based on the rate specified on each Contract, for those rights on the next Royalty Statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Templates for Subsidiary Rights ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SubsidiaryRightsAdmin.png|thumb|202x202px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Before you can create a Rights clause on a Contract, and before you can record a Rights Sale, you need to define all the types of rights your press handles. Add and edit the available options in Admin &amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Subsidiary Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your setup comes pre-configured with a set of common Subsidiary Rights. Edit this list to match your press&#039;s standard  set, those that you will want to record on Contracts and as sales.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights Names ===&lt;br /&gt;
Use whatever terminology you like for the Rights Names; the out-of-the-box names when you start using PubGizmo are suggestions only. If you change a name in Admin, the change will be applied system-wide. For example, if you change &amp;quot;Film&amp;quot; to &amp;quot;Film &amp;amp; TV,&amp;quot; all Contracts that showed &amp;quot;Film&amp;quot; will instantly update to display as &amp;quot;Film &amp;amp; TV.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Keep Names Short ====&lt;br /&gt;
While there is technically no limit to the length of a Rights Name, keep them short, otherwise they will get cut off when displayed on screens and in documents, such as Royalty Statements. Use abbreviations to keep names short. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Don&#039;t Include &amp;quot;Rights&amp;quot; in the Name ====&lt;br /&gt;
Do not include the word &amp;quot;Rights&amp;quot; in the name; there&#039;s no need, as these are all, by definition, &amp;quot;rights,&amp;quot; and adding that suffix may make the name unnecessarily long. Instead of &amp;quot;Film Rights,&amp;quot; just call it &amp;quot;Film.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Template Rate ===&lt;br /&gt;
The rate, in percent, is optional, and serves as a template rate only; if you fill in an amount in Admin, that amount will automatically be applied when you create a new Rights record on a Contract. This is handy if you almost always apply, for example, a 50% rate to Permissions. When you generate the Permissions right on a new Contract, 50% will be filled in; for cases where you use a different rate, you can edit that directly in the Rights portal on the Contract (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Unlimited Rights Options ===&lt;br /&gt;
There is no limit to the number Rights templates you can create, but be careful not to generate redundancies and overlap, or there may be confusion as to which right to select. You must use the same right on the Contract record and on Rights Sold on the Title record (see below) for the amount to be accurately computed on the Royalty Statement. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Publishing Right ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Publishing right cannot be changed or removed, either as a template or on a Contract, because the Contract itself, with its clauses and rates, covers that right, i.e., a contract handles Publishing Rights. It is added automatically to all Contracts, so you can configure any special conditions around publishing, e.g., if you want to specify an expiry date (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring on Contracts ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Contract screen, click the green plus at the upper-right of the Rights portal. You&#039;ll see a list of the Subsidiary Rights configured in Admin. Select the item you want, and a new line will appear in the portal, with the template rate from the Admin portal auto-filled. You can edit the rate to match the amount that applies for this Contract.[[File:RightsPortal.png|none|thumb|900x900px|Rights portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rights Options ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that at present, only columns in italics affect the actual payout to the contractee; the rest are informational only, but may in future be used to effect more precise control over the how rights are tracked:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Right Name:&#039;&#039;&#039; the right you selected when creating the Rights record.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Group/Edition Type/ISBN:&#039;&#039;&#039; will autofill as &amp;quot;All,&amp;quot; meaning that the Right applies to all editions, but you can pinpoint which editions the right covers.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;%&#039;&#039;&#039;: the rate the right pays out to the contractee, for example, if it is set for 50%, the contractee will be paid 50% of the total amount collected during the royalty period for this rights sale.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Countries – Included:&#039;&#039;&#039; countries of sale for which this right is included.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Countries – Excluded:&#039;&#039;&#039; countries of sale for which this right is excluded.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages – Included:&#039;&#039;&#039; languages for which this right is included.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Languages – Excluded:&#039;&#039;&#039; languages for which this right is excluded.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Status:&#039;&#039;&#039; whether your press holds the right, or has sold it. Defaults to &amp;quot;Held,&amp;quot; which means you have reserved this right, but not yet sold it.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Held By:&#039;&#039;&#039; who has been granted and holds this particular right; if Status = &amp;quot;Held&amp;quot;, the name of your press appears here, as you are the holder of that right; if the right has been set to Sold, you can enter the name of the Organization to which the right was sold.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Expires:&#039;&#039;&#039; if there is a time limit on the Status of this right, set the expiry date for that status.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Renewable:&#039;&#039;&#039; if you have set an expiry date for the right, you can check this box if the right is renewable.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Pencil icon:&#039;&#039;&#039; click to open a popover into which you can enter a note about this Right. If there is a note stored, the pencil will turn blue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Recording a Rights Sale for a Title ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RightsSale.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
When you receive payment for a rights sale, you record it on the Title record, in the Rights Sold tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To record a sale:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the green plus at the upper-right of the Rights Sold portal. Popover will open.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select or input &#039;&#039;&#039;Sale Date&#039;&#039;&#039; (see important info, below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the name of the &#039;&#039;&#039;Right&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select the publication or organization that purchased the right. You can select an existing Org record from the list, or create a new record. If you create a new one, you will be given the option to create a full Organization record.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter &#039;&#039;&#039;Details&#039;&#039;&#039; (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter the full &#039;&#039;&#039;Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; of the sale – this is the amount your press has collected, not the amount to be disbursed to the contractee (which is computed using the rate, see below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How a Rights Amount is Computed on the Royalty Statement ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which Statement/Royalty Period Will Include the Sale ===&lt;br /&gt;
Just as the sales date of a book determines within which royalty period a sale should be attributed, and on which Royalty Statement that sales will appear and contribute to the royalty amount, the right&#039;s Sale Date determines which Royalty Statement will include the computed amount for the rights sale.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if your press uses a calendar Royalty Period (1 January – 31 December), any rights sale that occurs during that period will apply to the Royalty Statement that covers that period. So if the rights sale occurred on 1 July 2025, that sale will appear on the Royalty Statement that covers 1 January 2025 – 31 December 2025, since July 1st falls within that period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== How the Amount on the Statement is Calculated ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo takes the total amount of the sale and multiplies it by the rate on the Contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Example ====&lt;br /&gt;
If the sale Amount for the Film &amp;amp; TV right is $1000, and on the Contract the Film &amp;amp; TV right is 75%, an amount of $1000 * 75% = $750.00 will be included on the Royalty Statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If multiple Rights Sales have occurred for a specific right, e.g., if there were three Permissions rights sales during the royalty period, that amount will be totalled and multiplied by the rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An accounting of all the Rights sales, the amount collected, and the percentage/amount, appears at the bottom-left of the relevant Royalty Statement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Limitations ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ContracteesShare.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo currently allows for one rights clause per Contract, and the amount applies to all contractees included on that Contract.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The amount of both the royalty and rights sales are disbursed to each contractee according to their share, as defined in the Share column of the Contractees portal at the upper-left of the Contract record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Example ===&lt;br /&gt;
A single Contract includes two contractees, with their share of the Contract:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Brian: 75%&lt;br /&gt;
* Kilgour: 25%&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If, per the previous example, $1000 is collected for Film &amp;amp; TV rights, and the Contract specifies a rate of 75% for that right, the payout is $750, and will be distributed according to the share amount of each contractee:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Brian: 75% of $750 = $562.50&lt;br /&gt;
* Kilgour: 25% of $750 = $187.50&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The limitation, in other words, is that outside of the contractee share amount, there isn&#039;t a way to specify a different right rate per contractee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This limitation does not exist for individual contractees, on separate Contracts, since each includes its own Rights portal, where differing rates can be defined. For example, if the author and translator each have their own contract, they can each include their own rights rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Tip ==&lt;br /&gt;
With multiple Contracts on a Title, it can be difficult to determine how much to allocate to each Contract, especially if the rates differ among those contractees. Consider it not from the amount your press is paying out, but how much your press in retaining. If you pay 50% or Permissions, you are keeping 50%. The other 50% the other half of the &amp;quot;pie,&amp;quot; is then divided among the contractees.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Caution ==&lt;br /&gt;
When allocating rights to multiple contractees, be careful not to allocate more than 100%. That is, the total rate of a specific right on all the Title&#039;s Contracts should not exceed 100%.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you allocate more than 100%, you will be paying out to contractees more than you have collected.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=150</id>
		<title>Importing Sales Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=150"/>
		<updated>2026-01-19T18:26:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Apply Data to the Entire Import */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you to import sales records from spreadsheets. These may arrive from vendors such as Ingram, eBound, iTunes, etc., or you may generate these yourself, for example from sales you conduct at a live event, or exported from accounting software such as QuickBooks. These sheets can be imported directly from Excel (XLSX, or the older XLS format), or CSVs, which represent universal formats – all data software can save in one of these formats. If given the choice, use XLSX; it&#039;s the most modern, data-rich format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sheets must include a minimum set of data to be viable for computing royalties; you can find a list of requirements at [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
The full process is outlined in detail below, but conceptually, here&#039;s what you will be doing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Point to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select which columns contain which data, or allow them to load automatically, if you&#039;ve performed this import previously.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell PubGizmo to process the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to Begin ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can begin an import from the Home screen, or from within &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Imports&#039;&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; screen, click the + icon on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button; in the Sales module, click the Import button at the upper-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be prompted to locate your file; navigate to the appropriate folder on your computer. Note that only files with an extension of .xlsx, xls., or .csv will be available for import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting Sheets ===&lt;br /&gt;
# If your file includes multiple sheets, you will be prompted to pick the one containing relevant sales data. This may or may not be the first sheet. The file may contain multiple sheets, some with importable data, and others with irrelevant summary info. It can help to open the file in Excel first, to identify which sheets contain sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the file contains multiple sheets of sales data, you&#039;ll need to perform multiple imports of the document, one for each sheet –&amp;amp;nbsp;see below, &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple Sheets&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the appropriate sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Sheets ====&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors store sales from different countries and/or in different currencies in separate sheets (tabs) within a single Excel document. As PubGizmo processes only one sheet per import, multiple imports from the same document, with a different sheet selection each time, will be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Duplicate Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo prevents you from importing the same sheet twice, even if the copy has a different filename, as long as the sheet data itself remains intact. It does this by recording the &amp;quot;signature&amp;quot; of the sheet and comparing it to the signatures of existing imports. If you try to import a sheet that is already in PubGizmo, you will receive a warning, plus an invitation to navigate to the existing import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Click Through These Steps – Don&#039;t Change Anything ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo will show you some screens which you just need to click through – don&#039;t change anything on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disregard the &#039;&#039;&#039;Specify Import Order&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. Changing any setting here may cause the import to fail. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button at the bottom-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Okay&#039;&#039;&#039; on &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Disregard the record count; it may seem too high, because FileMaker doesn&#039;t know exactly where the rows end in your sheet. Empty rows will be discarded at processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Columns ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now see the import mapping screen. Here is where you tell PubGizmo which columns on the sheet contain which elements of the required data. There may be many columns, but you need only a few, the [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties|required ones]], for a complete sales import that will contribute to the data required to compute royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll left and right through the data to locate your columns. When you spot the data you need, for example the ISBN, click the header above that column (where it might say &#039;&#039;&#039;Unassigned&#039;&#039;&#039;, or it might correctly or incorrectly display a header) to select the data it contains, e.g., ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful during this stage; many sheets contain excessive data, often with inscrutable headings. Two or more columns may contain similar data; be persistent as you scan for the actual data you need.&lt;br /&gt;
# PubGizmo will help you determine if you&#039;ve selected all the data necessary for a successful import. Keep an eye on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Column Mapping&#039;&#039;&#039; area at the upper-left of the screen; it will show you what&#039;s missing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some data is optional, for example, the Province or State of sale; if you ever want to do analysis of your data, you should specify as much information as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apply Data to the Entire Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that some sheets lack columns for data that applies to the entire sheet. For example, if the currency of all the sales in the sheet is in US Dollars, the sheet may not include a &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039; column. The same is true for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exchange Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; (required only if the &#039;&#039;&#039;Remit Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; column contains non-domestic currencies), &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; of sale, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Invoice Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Using the areas along the top, you can specify global data values that encompass the entire import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Some Things to Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Process Button Greyed Out ====&lt;br /&gt;
The import cannot proceed if any of the required selectors are not set. This prevents you from importing useless sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Harm in Deleting and Importing Again ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can delete and reimport a sales sheet an unlimited number of times with no ill effects. So if you make a mistake at import, don&#039;t worry; you can reset your selections and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Warning:&#039;&#039;&#039; do not delete imports for sales periods for royalty periods that are complete! Doing so will skew the numbers for those periods – you will corrupt your previous sales history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Name the Import Process ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You must enter a name for the Process Import. This is because PubGizmo saves your column &amp;quot;map,&amp;quot; and automatically tries to apply it the next time you import from this vendor, since the location of columns tends to remain static. If they do change, you can update the map to reflect the new column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# The best name for a Process Import is a single word unique to this particular vendor, and which will always be found in the filename. For example, name your import &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; if it comes from Ingram, and contains &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; in the filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Processing ===&lt;br /&gt;
# The Process button will remain grey until you complete all the required data, including the Process Name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you click the button, PubGizmo will find all the records with a valid ISBN in the column you specified as ISBN; any line on the sheet without one will be discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Your Next Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, you will be sent to the Home screen. PubGizmo hands the processing off to the server. It may take many minutes to process; while that is happening, the import will show in your Session History with the name and timestamp of the import, and the word PENDING. When the process is done, PENDING will be replaced with the number of records imported (this may not update until you &amp;quot;hover&amp;quot; over the entry). You can click on the import at any time to navigate there, but until the process is finished, the data may look weird and incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
# You don&#039;t have to wait to perform your next import; PubGizmo is immediately ready to receive your next one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inspecting the Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a good idea to check that your import worked properly. A link will appear as an entry in your Session History on the Home screen. Click to view the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Complete? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to consider is if the data imported looks complete – are all the fields for which you mapped data filled in (note some optional fields may be blank, if the sheet didn&#039;t contain that data, or you opted not to map those fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Reasonable? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Do the numbers and amounts make sense? If there is a exchange rate (e.g., from CAD to USD), does the local currency amount look like a correct conversion from the foreign currency (hint: for USD conversion to CAD, the CAD amount should be greater than the USD amount, by a factor of about 1.35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Are There Missing ISBNs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the sheet contained ISBNs with no match to your data – that is, the sheet reports sales for editions not found in PubGizmo, either because you have missed recording those editions, or they were erroneously included by the vendor in your sales data – the affected sales records will be shown in red, and you will see a &amp;quot;Missing ISBNs&amp;quot; button at the top of the Sales Import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What to Do ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll through the data find entries where the Title field shows in red; if you mapped a Title field at import (optional), the title will appear in this field, otherwise it will be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the Missing ISBNs button to view a list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are legitimate ISBNs from your list, update Title records by adding those missing editions with that ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are not ISBNs from your list, inform the vendor that they are sending erroneous data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Yellow Lines ===&lt;br /&gt;
While lines in red are likely critical (sales are being reported for books not recorded in PG), yellow lines are more informational. They represent a sale for an edition that is not covered by any contract recorded in PG. For example, an author&#039;s contract for an edition specifies North American sales only, but on the imported sheet there&#039;s a sale in Japan. PG is faithful to the terms of contract; that sale is not included on the royalty statement, and earnings from that sale are not computed and paid.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=149</id>
		<title>Importing Sales Data</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=Importing_Sales_Data&amp;diff=149"/>
		<updated>2026-01-19T18:11:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Are There Missing ISBNs? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo allows you to import sales records from spreadsheets. These may arrive from vendors such as Ingram, eBound, iTunes, etc., or you may generate these yourself, for example from sales you conduct at a live event, or exported from accounting software such as QuickBooks. These sheets can be imported directly from Excel (XLSX, or the older XLS format), or CSVs, which represent universal formats – all data software can save in one of these formats. If given the choice, use XLSX; it&#039;s the most modern, data-rich format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sheets must include a minimum set of data to be viable for computing royalties; you can find a list of requirements at [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Basic Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
The full process is outlined in detail below, but conceptually, here&#039;s what you will be doing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Point to the file you want to import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select which columns contain which data, or allow them to load automatically, if you&#039;ve performed this import previously.&lt;br /&gt;
# Tell PubGizmo to process the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Step-by-step Process ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Where to Begin ===&lt;br /&gt;
You can begin an import from the Home screen, or from within &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Imports&#039;&#039;&#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the &#039;&#039;&#039;Home&#039;&#039;&#039; screen, click the + icon on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sales Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button; in the Sales module, click the Import button at the upper-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# You will be prompted to locate your file; navigate to the appropriate folder on your computer. Note that only files with an extension of .xlsx, xls., or .csv will be available for import.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Selecting Sheets ===&lt;br /&gt;
# If your file includes multiple sheets, you will be prompted to pick the one containing relevant sales data. This may or may not be the first sheet. The file may contain multiple sheets, some with importable data, and others with irrelevant summary info. It can help to open the file in Excel first, to identify which sheets contain sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the file contains multiple sheets of sales data, you&#039;ll need to perform multiple imports of the document, one for each sheet –&amp;amp;nbsp;see below, &#039;&#039;&#039;Multiple Sheets&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click the appropriate sheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multiple Sheets ====&lt;br /&gt;
Some vendors store sales from different countries and/or in different currencies in separate sheets (tabs) within a single Excel document. As PubGizmo processes only one sheet per import, multiple imports from the same document, with a different sheet selection each time, will be necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Duplicate Protection ====&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo prevents you from importing the same sheet twice, even if the copy has a different filename, as long as the sheet data itself remains intact. It does this by recording the &amp;quot;signature&amp;quot; of the sheet and comparing it to the signatures of existing imports. If you try to import a sheet that is already in PubGizmo, you will receive a warning, plus an invitation to navigate to the existing import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Click Through These Steps – Don&#039;t Change Anything ===&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo will show you some screens which you just need to click through – don&#039;t change anything on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# Disregard the &#039;&#039;&#039;Specify Import Order&#039;&#039;&#039; screen. Changing any setting here may cause the import to fail. Click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Import&#039;&#039;&#039; button at the bottom-right.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &#039;&#039;&#039;Okay&#039;&#039;&#039; on &#039;&#039;&#039;Import Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Disregard the record count; it may seem too high, because FileMaker doesn&#039;t know exactly where the rows end in your sheet. Empty rows will be discarded at processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Mapping Columns ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You will now see the import mapping screen. Here is where you tell PubGizmo which columns on the sheet contain which elements of the required data. There may be many columns, but you need only a few, the [[Sales Data Needed to Compute Royalties|required ones]], for a complete sales import that will contribute to the data required to compute royalties.&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll left and right through the data to locate your columns. When you spot the data you need, for example the ISBN, click the header above that column (where it might say &#039;&#039;&#039;Unassigned&#039;&#039;&#039;, or it might correctly or incorrectly display a header) to select the data it contains, e.g., ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# Be careful during this stage; many sheets contain excessive data, often with inscrutable headings. Two or more columns may contain similar data; be persistent as you scan for the actual data you need.&lt;br /&gt;
# PubGizmo will help you determine if you&#039;ve selected all the data necessary for a successful import. Keep an eye on the &#039;&#039;&#039;Column Mapping&#039;&#039;&#039; area at the upper-left of the screen; it will show you what&#039;s missing.&lt;br /&gt;
# Some data is optional, for example, the Province or State of sale; if you ever want to do analysis of your data, you should specify as much information as possible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Apply Data to the Entire Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
Note that some sheets lack columns for data that applies to the entire sheet. For example, if the currency of all the sales in the sheet is in US Dollars, the sheet may not include a &#039;&#039;&#039;Currency&#039;&#039;&#039; column. The same is true for the &#039;&#039;&#039;Exchange Rate&#039;&#039;&#039; (required only if the &#039;&#039;&#039;Remit Amount&#039;&#039;&#039; column contains non-domestic currencies), &#039;&#039;&#039;Country&#039;&#039;&#039; of sale, and the &#039;&#039;&#039;Invoice Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Using the areas along the top, you can specify global data that encompasses the entire import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Some Things to Note ===&lt;br /&gt;
* The import cannot proceed if any of the required selectors are not set. This prevents you from importing useless sales data.&lt;br /&gt;
* You can easily delete and reimport a sales sheet, with no ill effects. So if you make a mistake at import, don&#039;t worry; you can reset your selections and try again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Name the Import Process ===&lt;br /&gt;
# You must enter a name for the Process Import. This is because PubGizmo saves your column &amp;quot;map,&amp;quot; and automatically tries to apply it the next time you import from this vendor, since the location of columns tends to remain static. If they do change, you can update the map to reflect the new column order.&lt;br /&gt;
# The best name for a Process Import is a single word unique to this particular vendor, and which will always be found in the filename. For example, name your import &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; if it comes from Ingram, and contains &amp;quot;Ingram&amp;quot; in the filename.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Processing ===&lt;br /&gt;
# The Process button will remain grey until you complete all the required data, including the Process Name.&lt;br /&gt;
# Once you click the button, PubGizmo will find all the records with a valid ISBN in the column you specified as ISBN; any line on the sheet without one will be discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Start Your Next Import ===&lt;br /&gt;
# After that, you will be sent to the Home screen. PubGizmo hands the processing off to the server. It may take many minutes to process; while that is happening, the import will show in your Session History with the name and timestamp of the import, and the word PENDING. When the process is done, PENDING will be replaced with the number of records imported (this may not update until you &amp;quot;hover&amp;quot; over the entry). You can click on the import at any time to navigate there, but until the process is finished, the data may look weird and incomplete.&lt;br /&gt;
# You don&#039;t have to wait to perform your next import; PubGizmo is immediately ready to receive your next one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inspecting the Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s a good idea to check that your import worked properly. A link will appear as an entry in your Session History on the Home screen. Click to view the import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Complete? ===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to consider is if the data imported looks complete – are all the fields for which you mapped data filled in (note some optional fields may be blank, if the sheet didn&#039;t contain that data, or you opted not to map those fields).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Is it Reasonable? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Do the numbers and amounts make sense? If there is a exchange rate (e.g., from CAD to USD), does the local currency amount look like a correct conversion from the foreign currency (hint: for USD conversion to CAD, the CAD amount should be greater than the USD amount, by a factor of about 1.35).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Are There Missing ISBNs? ===&lt;br /&gt;
If the sheet contained ISBNs with no match to your data – that is, the sheet reports sales for editions not found in PubGizmo, either because you have missed recording those editions, or they were erroneously included by the vendor in your sales data – the affected sales records will be shown in red, and you will see a &amp;quot;Missing ISBNs&amp;quot; button at the top of the Sales Import.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== What to Do ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Scroll through the data find entries where the Title field shows in red; if you mapped a Title field at import (optional), the title will appear in this field, otherwise it will be blank.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click the Missing ISBNs button to view a list.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are legitimate ISBNs from your list, update Title records by adding those missing editions with that ISBN.&lt;br /&gt;
# If these are not ISBNs from your list, inform the vendor that they are sending erroneous data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Yellow Lines ===&lt;br /&gt;
While lines in red are likely critical (sales are being reported for books not recorded in PG), yellow lines are more informational. They represent a sale for an edition that is not covered by any contract recorded in PG. For example, an author&#039;s contract for an edition specifies North American sales only, but on the imported sheet there&#039;s a sale in Japan. PG is faithful to the terms of contract; that sale is not included on the royalty statement, and earnings from that sale are not computed and paid.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=148</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=148"/>
		<updated>2025-12-27T02:30:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Covention ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Portal ===&lt;br /&gt;
A portal is a list of records that are related to the record you are viewing. For example, if you are on the Contact record of one of your authors, the Titles portal will show the records of all their Titles in PubGizmo. See also [[Links]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Understanding FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of presses use PubGizmo; each is hosted in an individual file or instance. All your data is self-contained and separate from the data of all other presses using PubGizmo. It cannot be seen or accessed by anyone without your account name and password. Keep these safe!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo Runs &amp;quot;Inside&amp;quot; FileMaker Pro ===&lt;br /&gt;
To access PubGizmo, you need to use [[wikipedia:FileMaker|FileMaker Pro]] (made by [https://claris.com Claris], owned by [https://apple.com Apple]) on your computer (Mac or Windows). Think of the relationship between FileMaker Pro and your copy of PubGizmo, containing all your press&#039;s Titles, Contacts, Sales Records, the way Microsoft Word is needed to open a Word document. PubGizmo is essentially a FileMaker Pro &amp;quot;document.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo &amp;quot;in the cloud&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Your copy of PubGizmo is hosted on a server on the internet, which means it&#039;s &amp;quot;in the cloud,&amp;quot; i.e., accessible from anywhere with an internet connection. So you can access it from your office, your home, or when travelling, e.g., from Frankfurt. Access speed diminishes with increased distance from your server (in Toronto or Vancouver), so if you are far away, access speed may be reduced. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Committing Records ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro saves or &amp;quot;commits&amp;quot; records automatically once you exit all fields on that record. So if you change data in a field and click outside the field, the data is saved. You don&#039;t have to do anything else to save a record when you create it or make changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Undo ====&lt;br /&gt;
Immediate saving also means there&#039;s no &amp;quot;undo&amp;quot; once you&#039;ve committed or deleted a record. Be careful! If you do delete something critical, let us know ASAP so we can attempt a recovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PubGizmo Modules: Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module; you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the status of the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the + and a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search for a record in the module by typing in the box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the Session History, showing the last visit timestamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
You Session History is normally deleted when you logout, but you you can retain your history between sessions by clicking the Prefs button at the bottom-left and checking the &amp;quot;Retain Session History&amp;quot; box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bookmark records you use frequently, so you can navigate to them instantly from the Home screen. You bookmark a record by clicking the bookmark icon at the bottom-right of Form View records. The bookmark will turn red, and you&#039;ll be able to see and navigate to bookmarked records from the Home screen History portal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing Bookmarks ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can remove a bookmarked record one of two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# click the trash icon beside the record in the Bookmarks list; the record is retained – only the bookmark is removed&lt;br /&gt;
# click the bookmark icon on the record itself; it will switch from red to grey, and the record will no longer appear in the Bookmark portal on Home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click the Contact button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== List View ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=147</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=147"/>
		<updated>2025-12-27T02:19:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Portal ===&lt;br /&gt;
A portal is a list of records that are related to the record you are viewing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Understanding FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of presses use PubGizmo; each is hosted in an individual file or instance. All your data is self-contained and separate from the data of all other presses using PubGizmo. It cannot be seen or accessed by anyone without your account name and password. Keep these safe!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo Runs &amp;quot;Inside&amp;quot; FileMaker Pro ===&lt;br /&gt;
To access PubGizmo, you need to use [[wikipedia:FileMaker|FileMaker Pro]] (made by [https://claris.com Claris], owned by [https://apple.com Apple]) on your computer (Mac or Windows). Think of your copy of PubGizmo, containing all your press&#039;s Titles, Contacts, Sales Records, etc. like a document, for example, a Word document, and FileMaker Pro as the program Microsoft Word. That is, PubGizmo is to FileMaker Pro what a Word document containing a book manuscript is to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo &amp;quot;in the cloud&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Your copy of PubGizmo is hosted on a server on the internet – which means it&#039;s &amp;quot;in the cloud,&amp;quot; i.e., accessible from anywhere with an internet connection. So you can access it from your office, your home, or when travelling, e.g., from Frankfurt. Do note that access speed diminishes with increased distance from your server (in Toronto or Vancouver), so if you are far away, speed may suffer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Committing Records ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro saves or &amp;quot;commits&amp;quot; records automatically once you exit all fields on that record. So if you change data in a field and click outside the field, the data is saved. You don&#039;t have to do anything else to save a record when you create it or make changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== No Undo ====&lt;br /&gt;
Immediate saving also means there&#039;s no &amp;quot;undo&amp;quot; once you&#039;ve committed or deleted a record. Be careful! If you do delete something critical, let us know ASAP so we can attempt a recovery.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PubGizmo Modules: Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module; you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the status of the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the + and a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search for a record in the module by typing in the box.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the Session History, showing the last visit timestamp. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
You Session History is normally deleted when you logout, but you you can retain your history between sessions by clicking the Prefs button at the bottom-left and checking the &amp;quot;Retain Session History&amp;quot; box.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bookmark records you use frequently, so you can navigate to them instantly from the Home screen. You bookmark a record by clicking the bookmark icon at the bottom-right of Form View records. The bookmark will turn red, and you&#039;ll be able to see and navigate to bookmarked records from the Home screen History.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing Bookmarks ====&lt;br /&gt;
You can remove a bookmarked record one of two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# click the trash icon beside the record in the Bookmarks list; note the record is retained – only the bookmark is removed&lt;br /&gt;
# click the bookmark icon on the record itself; it will switch from red to grey, and the record will no longer appear in the Bookmark portal on Home&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=146</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=146"/>
		<updated>2025-12-07T23:17:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions &amp;amp; Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Understanding FileMaker Pro ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo ===&lt;br /&gt;
Lots of presses each use PubGizmo; each is an individual file or instance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Your Copy of PubGizmo Runs &amp;quot;Inside&amp;quot; FileMaker Pro ===&lt;br /&gt;
To access PubGizmo, you need to use [[wikipedia:FileMaker|FileMaker Pro]] (made by [https://claris.com Claris], which is owned by [https://apple.com Apple]) on your computer (Mac or Windows). Think of your copy of PubGizmo, containing all your press&#039;s Titles, Contacts, Sales Records, etc. like a document, for example, a Word document, and FileMaker Pro as the program Microsoft Word. That is, PubGizmo is to FileMaker Pro what a Word document containing a book manuscript is to Microsoft Word.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== PubGizmo &amp;quot;in the cloud&amp;quot; ===&lt;br /&gt;
Your copy &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Committing Records ===&lt;br /&gt;
FileMaker Pro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Hit the &amp;lt;return&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;enter&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;tab&amp;gt; Key ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module; you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the status of the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the +; a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
Search for a record in the module by typing in the box &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=145</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=145"/>
		<updated>2025-12-03T21:16:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. These gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions &amp;amp; Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see your Found Set record count by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them. Move the mouse pointer in place above the object and after a brief pause a box will appear with some text, such as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* explanation for a code or status, e.g., if something is red, hover to see why&lt;br /&gt;
* an action you can take on that object, e.g., check this box to indicate that the record is active&lt;br /&gt;
* on a field, it may yield the full contents of the field itself, e.g. if there&#039;s a chance the field cannot accommodate all the data&lt;br /&gt;
* a field hover may also provide additional info, e.g., the meaning of the code stored in the field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
Down the left side of the screen you will see module buttons, some with additional features&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Main Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click a button to navigate to that module (you may arrive at a single record or a list of records, depending on the Found Set (see above) currently active in that module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== + Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; button (if present) to create a new record in that module; for example, to create a new Title record, click the +; a new record will be created, ready for data entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Box ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Get_Your_Press_Aboard_PubGizmo&amp;diff=144</id>
		<title>How to Get Your Press Aboard PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Get_Your_Press_Aboard_PubGizmo&amp;diff=144"/>
		<updated>2025-10-02T17:17:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: /* Email Us */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Thinking of Subscribing? ==&lt;br /&gt;
Are you interested in subscribing to PubGizmo to run royalties, and manage your press&#039;s data? Moving forward with a new system can be a tough decision, with many considerations. We offer complete transparency around the process of moving to, and using, PubGizmo, including pricing, steps involved in onboarding your data, importing sales sheets, and creating and sending your royalty statements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We are also open to adding features to accommodate your special circumstances, so don&#039;t let &amp;quot;oh, we don&#039;t do that like other publishers&amp;quot; hold you back. If you&#039;re curious about a feature or function, just ask!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What follows is the general process by which your press can subscribe to PubGizmo...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Email Us ==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;First thing:&#039;&#039;&#039; let us know you are interested in subscribing by scrolling to the bottom of the [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo website] and using the Contact Us form to introduce yourself, and provide details about your press. Not only does an email provide the opportunity for us to answer any questions not answered here or on the [https://pubgizmo.com PubGizmo main site], it allows us to query about your press size and needs, and your timeline (e.g., when&#039;s your next royalty run?), to plan and schedule your onboarding.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emailing us puts you under no obligation, and we promise not to bug you if decide not to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Determine Your Pricing Tier ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo&#039;s annual subscription rate is based on the size of your press, which is determined by how many books in your catalog, both print and out-of-print. Pricing is straightforward, with no hidden fees or surprises. Here&#039;s what to expect:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Setup – one time only&lt;br /&gt;
# Subscription – annual or monthly, payable in advance&lt;br /&gt;
# Additional users – base subscription is for one user; there are fees for additional users.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can find the exact details on [https://pubgizmo.com/pricing/ PubGizmo&#039;s Pricing page].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Currently Available in Canada and the United States Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
Right now, PubGizmo is built to serve presses in Canada and the United States, largely due to the location of our servers in the east and west of North America, which could mean annoying latency when accessing overseas. If you are based elsewhere, don&#039;t worry: we are always improving and developing, and are eager to support other territories, once we know there&#039;s interest. If you let us know, we can start planning to serve your region; letting other local presses know about PubGizmo, and having them contact us, will accelerate that process, because we operate on an &amp;quot;economy-of-scale&amp;quot; model, where more users mean lower costs for everyone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Read the Agreement ==&lt;br /&gt;
We cover terms and conditions in the [https://docs.google.com/document/d/1RS5t5dDszlmtkky_LePuSQoDytQT0vVj3H3YTw3jQ8E/edit?usp=sharing PubGizmo Subscription Agreement]; give it a close read. It&#039;s eleven pages – sorry! We&#039;ve tried to keep the language clear and comprehensible. If you are happy with the terms and are ready to move forward, let us know, and we will send you a version dated and customized for your press.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Need Help? ===&lt;br /&gt;
Let us know if you have any questions about the agreement – we&#039;re happy to explain any sections. We are also open to amending parts to suit you, if there are clauses that require customization for your specific circumstances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How Quickly Can We Do Our First Royalty Run? ==&lt;br /&gt;
If your press&#039;s royalty run is fast approaching, you&#039;ll want to know how quickly you can get aboard and start benefiting from PubGizmo. Much of that depends on how long it takes you to prepare your data (see below). Once we have that data in Excel format, we can get you aboard in as little as three days, depending on the state and volume of your data, and how busy we are with other commitments (which is why you should let us know ASAP if your run is happening in the next 90 days).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Prepare Your Data for Import ==&lt;br /&gt;
PubGizmo needs your press&#039;s core data before it can process royalties. This includes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Books&lt;br /&gt;
# Editions for those books&lt;br /&gt;
# Contacts (authors, translators, other contract-holders), along with all clauses&lt;br /&gt;
# Organizations&lt;br /&gt;
# Contracts (for Contacts and Organizations)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Precise detail on how to set up your data can be found on the [https://pubgizmo.com/getting-started-crafting-your-data-for-import/ Getting Started] page. We&#039;re also available to help with any onboarding questions along the way. We are patient and kind – honest!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Provide Your Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Send us your data sheets, or link us to your Google Sheets, if that&#039;s the method you chose. We will invoice you, and process your import. If things don&#039;t go perfectly (hint: they rarely do on the first run), we&#039;ll send you clear info on what went wrong, and how to correct things quickly. The import is a collaborative process, and we&#039;ll walk you through every step.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice ==&lt;br /&gt;
We will invoice you for your first period and setup fee, along with fees for any additional users. Your press can pay by cheque, eTransfer, or wire transfer. Your subscription begins the day we begin to import your data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Start Using! ==&lt;br /&gt;
Once your data is aboard, you can start using PubGizmo to manage your press, and import your sales sheets to run your royalties. You can find details on what those processes look like [[Main Page|here]].&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=143</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=143"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T05:48:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions &amp;amp; Terminology ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see how many records in your Found Set by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tooltips ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some objects yield additional information when you hover your mouse pointer over them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Boxes ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
Whenever you visit a record, that visit gets recorded in the Session History on the Home screen. This list represents a map of everywhere you&#039;ve been, and since each record is a link, allows you to quickly return to any of those records by clicking it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Latest Visit Only ====&lt;br /&gt;
If you visit a record twice, you&#039;ll see that record only once in the &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Retain History ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=142</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=142"/>
		<updated>2025-09-02T05:37:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;view that title record.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see how many records in your Found Set by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the found set is one record, and there are three records in total. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Home Screen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Module Buttons ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Search Boxes ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Session History ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bookmarks ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=141</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=141"/>
		<updated>2025-09-01T18:38:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title,&amp;quot; delete that Organization.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels, and sometimes concepts. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your Found Set represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your Found Set varies depending on how you arrive at a record or records; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your Found Set. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your Found Set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can see how many records in your Found Set by looking at the bottom-right of the window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Found set indicator.png|none|thumb|284x284px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see records presented in two different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form View ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form View presents a quantity of data about a single record. When you conduct a search or click a button that yields a single record (one record in your Found Set), you will arrive at Form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List View ===&lt;br /&gt;
List View shows you limited information about a collection of records. If you perform an operation that produces a found set with two or more records, they will be presented it List view. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== To Open a Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
In List View, open a record in the list by clicking it. The view will change to Form View of that record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note however that your Found Set does not change when you enter Form View by clicking a record in List View. If you were viewing 12 records in List View, and you click on one, the record will open in List View, but the other records remain in the Found Set. You can use the left and right arrows at the upper-left of the screen to page through all the records in the Found Set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also return to List View of the Found Set by using the [[Three-Dot Menu]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Which View Do You Get? ===&lt;br /&gt;
In general PubGizmo uses the size of your Found Set to determine which view to send you to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;one record in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; Form View&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;two or more records in Found Set:&#039;&#039;&#039; List View&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Found_set_indicator.png&amp;diff=140</id>
		<title>File:Found set indicator.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=File:Found_set_indicator.png&amp;diff=140"/>
		<updated>2025-09-01T18:37:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Found set indicator&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=139</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=139"/>
		<updated>2025-09-01T18:20:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Documentation Coventions ==&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and conventions in this document and throughout the PubGizmo documentation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Capitalization ===&lt;br /&gt;
We capitalize record types; consider a word that seems oddly capitalized as if it is followed by the word &amp;quot;record.&amp;quot; For example, your press publishes a bunch of titles, but when we refer in documentation to those records in PubGizmo, we say &amp;quot;Titles,&amp;quot; meaning &amp;quot;title records,&amp;quot; e.g., &amp;quot;view that Title,&amp;quot; delete that Organization.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We also capitalize labels. So when we refer to the &amp;quot;Keywords&amp;quot; field, it is capitalized because on the Title record you will see an actual label that reads &amp;quot;Keywords.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Found Set ===&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo your &amp;quot;found set&amp;quot; represents a subset of all the records in that module. Your found set varies depending on activities; for example, if you conduct a find for a Title which yields a single record, you have one record in your &amp;quot;found set&amp;quot;. But if you search the Titles module for all that are Genre = &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; of the poetry genre (by entering &amp;quot;poetry&amp;quot; in the search box – more on searches below), and 25 records are found, your found set = 25 records.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form View and List View ==&lt;br /&gt;
You&#039;ll see data presented in two different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Form ===&lt;br /&gt;
Form view presents a large amount of data about a single record. When you search for a specific record, for example by title, you will be brought directly to the form view of that record, with all of its data presented on a single layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== List ===&lt;br /&gt;
List view shows you limited information about a collection of records. When you enter a module by clicking on a button on the Home screen, you will be delivered to a scrollable list view the records in that module. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=138</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=138"/>
		<updated>2025-08-30T19:15:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The Three-dot Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show List:&#039;&#039;&#039; switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show All Records:&#039;&#039;&#039; shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;NEW Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; creates a new record&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE Record:&#039;&#039;&#039; deletes the current record – see notes below&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;list of other modules:&#039;&#039;&#039; allows &amp;quot;cross-navigation&amp;quot; to another module, allowing you to bypass the Home screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=137</id>
		<title>How to Use PubGizmo</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://pubgizmo.com/wiki/index.php?title=How_to_Use_PubGizmo&amp;diff=137"/>
		<updated>2025-08-30T19:11:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;PubGizmoSysop: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;While there are specific functions performed by each of PubGizmo&#039;s modules, there&#039;s a general convention on how to use specific features throughout. This gizmos and gadgets are helpful to know.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Getting Around ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Clicking ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Buttons ====&lt;br /&gt;
Most of PubGizmo&#039;s navigation duplicates what you already do in software and on websites: click an item (only a single click is necessary) to go somewhere else. Click a Contacts button to go to the Contacts module. Easy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Links ====&lt;br /&gt;
Also like the web, PubGizmo provides &amp;quot;links&amp;quot; that you can click to go to that target info. These links are created automatically as you add data; you don&#039;t need to do anything special.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the web, you can identify a link a couple of ways: it might be in blue, or underlined, or both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In PubGizmo, links are green: &amp;quot;green means go.&amp;quot; So if you are viewing a Contact record for an author, the Titles tab/portal shows all the Title records associated with this author in green. Click one to visit that Title record. In this case, if you click on the first green title:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot 2025-08-30 at 11.26.18.png|none|thumb|700x700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
You will navigate to that Title record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Title record, you&#039;ll see that the opposite end of this link will take you back to the author&#039;s record:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Link to Contacts from Title.png|none|thumb|300x300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Three-dot Menu ===&lt;br /&gt;
At the upper-left of every major module you&#039;ll see a green button with three vertical dots. Click it to reveal a number of options, which are slightly different depending on whether you are viewing a list of records or single record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Single Record ====&lt;br /&gt;
Here&#039;s the single record menu:[[File:Three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|342x342px]]Here are the options available from this menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Show List: switches from single record view to show a list of records in the module, showing all the records in the found set&lt;br /&gt;
* Show All Records: shows only if you have homed in on a single record in the found set; will also take you to&lt;br /&gt;
* NEW Record&lt;br /&gt;
* DELETE Record&lt;br /&gt;
* List of other modules&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Record List ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:List three-dot menu.png|none|thumb|256x256px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Searching ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can also go to a specific record or set of records by searching, again much the way you do on the web, where what you type auto-completes as PubGizmo tries to anticipate what you&#039;re looking for. PubGizmo uses something called the QuickDex, which accelerates searches and navigation. Its use is more substantially covered on [[QuickDex Helps with Finds|this page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Portals ==&lt;br /&gt;
Portals are simply lists of data, each item in the list a record unto itself with multiple fields, frequently with green links to other records. You can edit data in portals is a number of ways, usually dependent on how many fields comprised that record:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;click and edit directly:&#039;&#039;&#039; click into the field and type&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;open a popover:&#039;&#039;&#039; a popover provides access to more fields than can be comfortably contained in the portal row, for example the description text for an author bio or book summary – you&#039;ll know a popover when you click, and it opens; to exit a popover, just click elsewhere, although a few popovers require you to click a button to close it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Adding and Deleting Data ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Adding New Data ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Plus Button ====&lt;br /&gt;
In most cases, to create new records you&#039;ll find a plus button to click. You&#039;ll see plus buttons beside each module on the Home page, plus a green plus button at the upper-right of portals; click to create a new portal record/row.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Click into a Field and Start Typing ====&lt;br /&gt;
On a few portals, you&#039;ll see grey text inviting you to click and start typing, e.g., &amp;quot;click to create a new Prize record&amp;quot;; if you do that, a new record will be created with whatever you&#039;ve typed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Use the Three-dot Menu ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Deleting Records ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>PubGizmoSysop</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>